GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP
424B1, 1999-06-28
SAVINGS INSTITUTIONS, NOT FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: PANORAMIC CARE SYSTEMS INC, 424B3, 1999-06-28
Next: NATIONAL EQUITY TRUST OTC GROWTH TRUST, 497J, 1999-06-28




                                                Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
                                                      Registration No. 333-76169

PROSPECTUS



                                2,000,000 SHARES


                                 [LOGO OMITTED]


                                GREATER ATLANTIC
                                 FINANCIAL CORP.


                                  COMMON STOCK

     We are  Greater  Atlantic  Financial  Corp.,  a  savings  and loan  holding
company.  This is an initial public  offering of 2,000,000  shares of our common
stock and no public market currently exists for our stock. We have been approved
to have our common stock  included for quotation on the Nasdaq  National  Market
under the symbol "GAFC."

     SEE "RISK FACTORS"  BEGINNING ON PAGE 6 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.

THE  SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY ARE NOT SAVINGS OR DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT
INSURED  BY  THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL
AGENCY.

NEITHER  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  NOR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION  HAS  APPROVED  OR  DISAPPROVED  THESE  SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS
A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


================================================================================

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                        PRICE TO       UNDERWRITING       PROCEEDS TO
                         PUBLIC         DISCOUNT(1)        COMPANY(1)
                       ---------       ------------       ------------
<S>                   <C>               <C>              <C>
Per Share .........      $9.50           $0.665             $8.835
Total .............   $19,000,000      $1,130,000        $17,870,000
</TABLE>

================================================================================

(1) The  underwriting discount for shares sold to the public is $0.665 per share
    and  the  proceeds  to  the  company  are $8.835 per share. The underwriting
    discount  for  shares  sold  to certain original stockholders and members of
    the  board  of  directors  of Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. is $0.285 per
    share   and   the  proceeds  to  the  company  are  $9.215  per  share.  See
    "Underwriting."


     The shares are offered pursuant to a firm commitment underwriting agreement
between Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. and the underwriter. In connection with
this offering,  the underwriter may purchase up to an additional  300,000 shares
within 30 days from the date of this  prospectus  to cover  over-allotments.  We
expect  that the common  stock will be ready for  delivery  on or about June 30,
1999, subject to customary closing conditions.





                             LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER
                                 INCORPORATED




                  The date of this prospectus is June 24, 1999
<PAGE>



                                 [LOGO OMITTED]



                                GREATER ATLANTIC
                                 FINANCIAL CORP.


                                  [MAP OMITTED]



     UNTIL JULY 19, 1999, ALL DEALERS THAT BUY, SELL OR TRADE THESE  SECURITIES,
WHETHER OR NOT  PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  OFFERING,  MAY BE  REQUIRED TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS.  THIS  IS IN  ADDITION  TO THE  DEALERS'  OBLIGATION  TO  DELIVER  A
PROSPECTUS  WHEN  ACTING  AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT  TO  THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.




 <PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                       -----
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Prospectus Summary ...................................................................   3
Risk Factors .........................................................................   6
Use of Proceeds ......................................................................   9
Market for the Common Stock ..........................................................   9
Dividend Policy ......................................................................   9
Dilution .............................................................................  10
Capitalization .......................................................................  10
Our Business .........................................................................  11
Selected Consolidated Financial Data .................................................  14
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   16
Management of the Company ............................................................  52
Management of the Bank ...............................................................  53
Regulation ...........................................................................  61
Federal and State Taxation ...........................................................  69
Description of Capital Stock .........................................................  70
Shares Eligible for Future Sale ......................................................  73
Underwriting .........................................................................  74
Legal Opinions .......................................................................  75
Experts ..............................................................................  75
Where You Can Find More Information ..................................................  75
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements ...........................................  F-1
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     Because this is a summary, it does not contain all the information that may
be important to your decision to invest in our stock.  You should carefully read
this entire  prospectus,  especially  the  information  under the caption  "Risk
Factors,"  before  deciding  to  purchase  our common  stock.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  the  information  in this  prospectus  assumes  no  exercise  by the
underwriter of its  over-allotment  option to purchase up to 300,000  additional
shares  of common  stock.  Effective  April 12,  1999,  the  company's  board of
directors authorized and the stockholders approved a two for three reverse stock
split for  stockholders  of  record  on April 8,  1999.  All  references  in the
consolidated  financial  statements  to the  number of  authorized  shares,  the
weighted  average  number of shares,  and the  calculation  of basic and diluted
earnings per share have been adjusted to reflect the split.


                       GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP.

     We are a savings and loan holding company which was originally organized in
June 1997. We conduct substantially all of our business through our wholly-owned
subsidiary,  Greater Atlantic Bank, a federally-chartered  savings bank, and its
wholly-owned  subsidiary,   Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage  Corporation.  We  offer
traditional  banking  services to customers  through four Greater  Atlantic Bank
branches located throughout the greater Washington,  D.C./Baltimore metropolitan
area. We also originate  mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market through
Greater Atlantic Mortgage Corporation.

     In October 1997, an investment  group led by William  Calomiris and Carroll
E. Amos raised  approximately $5.9 million,  of which approximately $2.0 million
was used to acquire the bank with the balance  infused as capital  into the bank
in order to support its operations.

   After assuming control of the bank in October 1997, we:
   o Implemented  a  strategy  of  growing  the  bank and expanding its mortgage
     banking  activities so that the revenue from that activity would offset the
     operating  costs that are  incurred at the bank level.
   o Opened two branch offices in Arlington, Virginia and Washington, D.C.
   o Increased  total assets from $31.6  million at September 30, 1997 to $125.9
     million at March 31, 1999.
   o Transferred  the  mortgage   operations  of  the  bank  to  a  wholly-owned
     subsidiary of the bank in July 1998.
   o Returned the bank to profitability  with net income  increasing to $609,000
     for the fiscal year ended  September  30,  1998,  compared to a net loss of
     $634,000 for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1997.
   o Recognized  $422,000 in net income and achieved a return on average  equity
     of 12.20% for the six months ended March 31, 1999.

     Following the offering,  we will implement the following growth  strategies
to become less reliant on mortgage banking income, to enhance  shareholder value
and to build our banking franchise:
     o Expand the bank's current branch network.
     o Expand and diversify the bank's loan products.
     o Increase the amount of transaction-based  accounts through a branch sales
       and service culture.
     o Purchase investment securities for growth and profitability.
     o Expand the products of Greater Atlantic Mortgage.
     o Improve our operating efficiency.

     Our executive  offices are located at 10700  Parkridge  Boulevard,  Reston,
Virginia 20191 and our telephone number is (703) 391-1300.



                                        3




<PAGE>

                                  THE OFFERING


Common stock offered...... 2,000,000 shares

Common stock outstanding
 after the offering......  2,822,434  shares.  There  are  also  153,019  shares
                           of  common stock  reserved  for future  issuance upon
                           exercise  of  outstanding  options   and  warrants at
                           exercise prices ranging  between $7.50 and  $8.38 per
                           share.

Net proceeds to the
 company..............     $17,245,000, at the initial public  offering price of
                           $9.5   per   share,   underwriting   commissions   of
                           $1,130,000   and   other  expenses  estimated  to  be
                           $625,000.

Use of proceeds.........   We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to
                           increase the capital  of  Greater  Atlantic  Bank for
                           possible future branch expansion and  acquisitions of
                           other financial institutions, for working capital and
                           for general corporate purposes.

Proposed purchases of
 common stock..........    Our   directors,  executive   officers   and  current
                           shareholders  intend  to  purchase approximately $5.0
                           million  or  approximately   526,316 shares of common
                           stock  in  the  offering.  Consequently, such persons
                           would  own  in the aggregate  approximately 46.43% of
                           our   common  stock  (49.18%   assuming  exercise  of
                           outstanding options and warrants).

Nasdaq National Market
 symbol.................   GAFC




                                4
<PAGE>

               SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


     The  following  Summary  Consolidated  Financial  Data of Greater  Atlantic
Financial  Corp.  is  derived  from the  Selected  Consolidated  Financial  Data
appearing  elsewhere in this prospectus,  and should be read in conjunction with
our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the notes thereto,  the information
contained in  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations" and other  financial  information  included  elsewhere in
this prospectus.  Some prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with
the 1998 presentation.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AT OR FOR THE                 AT OR FOR THE
                                                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED                YEAR ENDED
                                                                         MARCH 31,                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 --------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                                     1999           1998          1998           1997
                                                                 ------------   -----------   ------------   ------------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                              <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net interest income ..........................................     $    998       $   672       $  1,448       $  1,103
Noninterest income ...........................................        4,692         2,871          6,268          3,528
Noninterest expense ..........................................        4,987         2,894          6,637          4,778
Net income (loss) ............................................          422           342            609           (634)
PER SHARE DATA:
Net income (loss):
 Basic .......................................................     $   0.52        $ 0.44        $  0.77        $ (1.92)
 Diluted .....................................................         0.52          0.44           0.77          (1.92)
Book value ...................................................         8.50          7.96           8.38           4.74
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
Total assets .................................................     $125,896       $71,424       $107,342       $ 31,554
Total loans receivable, net ..................................       31,365        19,028         25,510         18,854
Mortgage-loans held for sale .................................        1,367        30,670         25,322          9,946
Investment securities ........................................       45,118         8,950         32,454          1,005
Mortgage-backed securities(1) ................................       32,020         8,266         18,959             --
Total deposits ...............................................      112,091        60,542         76,311         28,377
Total stockholders' equity ...................................        6,993         6,208          6,817          1,564
SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS(2):
Return on average assets .....................................         0.73%         1.81%          1.08%         (2.26)%
Return on average equity .....................................        12.20         12.58          10.28         (32.23)
Net interest margin ..........................................         1.80          3.81           2.68           4.18
Efficiency ratio(3) ..........................................        87.65         81.68          86.02         103.17
Non-performing assets to total assets, at period end .........         0.16          0.89           0.30           2.75
Leverage ratio(4) ............................................         5.58          8.05           5.87           6.06
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio(4) ...........................        11.83         19.45          18.41           9.65
Total risk-based capital ratio(4) ............................        12.86         20.71          19.66          10.90
</TABLE>

- ----------

(1) Consists of securities classified as available for sale and for trading.

(2) Ratios are presented on an annualized basis where appropriate.

(3) Efficiency  ratio consists of noninterest  expense divided by the sum of net
    interest income and noninterest income.

(4) Capital ratios of the bank.

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

     The  following  discussion is only a summary of aspects of our business and
operations which involve risks.  You should read the entire  prospectus in order
to more fully understand the nature of our business and operations.

OUR RAPID GROWTH PRESENTS INCREASED RISKS TO OUR PROFITABILITY.

     Since the acquisition of the bank, we have grown rapidly as a result of our
branch   expansion  and  the   acquisition  of   competitors  by   out-of-market
institutions.  In the  short-term,  we expect this rapid growth to continue.  To
date, we have not experienced  any material  problems as a result of our growth.
We believe we have the management,  data processing  systems,  internal controls
and a strong credit  culture to support  continued  rapid growth.  However,  our
profitability depends on the ability of our officers and key employees to manage
our growth effectively,  to attract and retain skilled employees and to maintain
adequate internal controls and a strong credit culture.  Accordingly,  there can
be no assurance  that we will be  successful  in managing our  expansion and the
failure to do so would adversely affect our profitability.

     One  result of our rapid  growth  during  the past two years has been a 39%
increase in noninterest  expense during fiscal 1998.  These costs are related to
increased  occupancy expenses and the increased staffing and equipment which are
necessary  to  support  our  growth.  Because  we expect  this  rapid  growth to
continue,  investors  should  expect  noninterest  expense to  continue to rise.
Continued   increases  in  noninterest   expense  could  adversely   affect  our
profitability if net interest income and noninterest income do not increase by a
corresponding amount.

WE  HAVE A  LIMITED  OPERATING  HISTORY  FOR  YOU TO  CONSIDER  IN  MAKING  YOUR
INVESTMENT DECISION.

     Since we acquired Greater Atlantic Bank in October 1997, we have focused on
returning  the  bank  to  profitability  and  aggressively  growing  the  bank's
interest-earning assets and retail branch system. Because of our brief operating
history,  our  past  results  may  be of  limited  relevance  for  you to use in
evaluating our future performance.

WE DEPEND ON KEY PERSONNEL FOR SUCCESFUL OPERATIONS.

     We are  dependent  on the  continued  services  of certain  key  management
personnel, including Carroll E. Amos, our President and Chief Executive Officer.
We have entered into a three-year  employment  agreement with Mr. Amos effective
November 1, 1998. Our continued  growth and  profitability  will depend upon our
ability to attract  and  retain  skilled  managerial,  marketing  and  technical
personnel.  Competition  for  qualified  personnel  in the  banking  industry is
intense and there can be no assurance  that we will be  successful in attracting
and retaining such personnel.

WE RELY ON MORTGAGE BANKING INCOME WHICH CARRIES RELATED RISKS.

     We are currently  dependent on the origination and sale of loans by Greater
Atlantic Mortgage Corporation to sustain profitable  operations.  During the six
months ended March 31, 1999, income from Greater Atlantic  Mortgage  Corporation
of $1.1 million more than offset  losses at Greater  Atlantic  Bank of $661,000.
Real estate loan  origination  activity,  including  refinancings,  generally is
greater  during  periods of  declining  interest  rates and  favorable  economic
conditions,  and has been favorably affected by relatively lower market interest
rates during recent years. There is no assurance that such favorable  conditions
will continue. To the extent such favorable conditions fail to continue,  income
from Greater Atlantic  Mortgage  Corporation may not be available to support our
growth strategy.

OUR  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS,  DIRECTORS AND CURRENT SHAREHOLDERS OWN 822,434 SHARES
OF  COMMON  STOCK  WHICH ARE ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE AND WHICH COULD IMPACT THE
MARKET FOR OUR STOCK.

     As of March  31,  1999,  there  were  822,434  shares of our  common  stock
outstanding  which  may  not be  sold  unless  they  are  registered  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  or are sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the
Securities Act or another exemption from registration. An aggregate



                                        6


<PAGE>

of  320,136  shares of  common  stock are  beneficially  owned by our  executive
officers  and  directors.  We and  our  executive  officers  and  directors  and
beneficial  owners of 2% or more of our common  stock have  agreed  that,  for a
period of 180 days after completion of the offering, we will not sell any shares
of common  stock.  There are also 153,019  shares of common  stock  reserved for
future issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants.  The sale
of the shares  issuable  upon  exercise of the options and warrants will also be
restricted  under Rule 144.  The sale of any number of shares of common stock in
the public market following the offering could adversely impact the market price
of the shares.

THE YEAR 2000 ISSUE COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION.

     The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer  software programs only being
able to use two digits  rather than four to define the  applicable  year.  Thus,
date-sensitive  software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather
than the year 2000.  This could  result in system  failures or  miscalculations,
causing  disruptions  of  operations,   including,  among  others,  a  temporary
inability to process deposit and loan transactions,  affect financings or engage
in normal  business  activities and could have a material  adverse effect on our
results of operations and financial condition.

OUR RESIDENTIAL  CONSTRUCTION AND NONRESIDENTIAL LENDING CARRY GREATER RISK THAN
PERMANENT LOANS ON SINGLE-FAMILY HOMES.

     At  March  31,  1999,  residential  construction,  commercial  real  estate
(including  multi-family  residential  real  estate),  commercial  business  and
consumer loans amounted to approximately  $15.6 million or approximately  46.37%
of our total loan portfolio.  Although such loans  generally  provide for higher
interest  rates and shorter  terms than  single-family  residential  real estate
loans, such loans generally have a higher degree of credit risk and we intend to
increase  our  emphasis on  residential  construction,  commercial  real estate,
commercial  business and consumer  lending  during the next  several  years.  No
assurance  can be  given  that  we will  be  successful  in  building  up  these
portfolios to levels consistent with our business plan.

     There can be no assurance that the allowance we have established will prove
sufficient to cover future loan losses and future  adjustments  may be necessary
if economic  conditions  differ  substantially  from the assumptions  used or if
adverse  developments  arise with respect to non-performing or performing loans.
Material  additions to the  allowance for loan losses would result in a decrease
in the bank's net income and capital.

CHANGES IN LEVELS OF INTEREST RATES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT US.

     We intend to  leverage  the  proceeds  raised in this  offering  to support
increases in deposits,  Federal Home Loan Bank  advances and reverse  repurchase
agreements which will be used to originate loans and to purchase  investment and
mortgage-backed  securities.  Management's  leverage strategy is premised on the
assumption that we will earn a positive spread on the yield generated from loans
originated and securities  purchased over the rate we pay on our borrowings.  We
expect to continue to realize income from the  differential or "spread"  between
the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning  assets, and
the  interest   paid  on  deposits,   borrowings   and  other   interest-bearing
liabilities.  That spread is affected by the  difference  between the maturities
and repricing  characteristics of interest-earnings  assets and interest-bearing
liabilities.  Loan volume and yields are  affected by market  interest  rates on
loans,  and rising  interest  rates  generally  are  associated  with fewer loan
originations.  Management expects that a substantial  portion of our assets will
continue  to be indexed to  changes  in market  interest  rates and we intend to
attract a greater  proportion of short-term  liabilities which will help address
our  interest  rate  risk.  At March 31,  1999,  we had $84.9  million in assets
maturing or repricing within one year and $97.3 million in liabilities  maturing
or repricing  within one year. The lag in  implementation  of repricing terms on
our  adjustable-rate  assets may result in a decline in net interest income in a
rising  interest rate  environment.  There can be no assurance that our interest
rate risk will be minimized or eliminated.  Further,  an increase in the general
level of interest rates may adversely affect the ability of certain


                                        7


<PAGE>

borrowers  to  pay  the  interest  on  and   principal  of  their   obligations.
Accordingly,  changes  in levels  of  market  interest  rates  could  materially
adversely  affect our interest  rate spread,  asset  quality,  loan  origination
volume and overall financial condition and results of operations.

EFFECTIVE VOTING CONTROL WILL REMAIN WITH MANAGEMENT.

     We have 822,434 shares of common stock outstanding all of which are held by
our directors, executive officers and current shareholders. In addition, options
and  warrants to purchase an  aggregate  of 153,019  shares of common  stock are
beneficially  owned by such  persons and they intend to purchase an aggregate of
approximately  $5.0 million or  approximately  526,316 shares of common stock in
the  offering.  In that event,  our  directors,  executive  officers and current
shareholders of the company would own in the aggregate  approximately  46.43% of
the common stock of the company  (49.18%  assuming  the exercise of  outstanding
options and warrants).  If, following the offering,  they were to act as a group
or in concert,  they could exercise a significant  influence over the outcome of
any  stockholder  vote requiring a majority vote or in the election of directors
and could  effectively  exercise  veto power on matters  requiring a stockholder
vote with respect to certain business combinations.

OUR  CERTIFICATE  OF  INCORPORATION  AND  BYLAWS  CONTAIN  SUPERMAJORITY  VOTING
REQUIREMENTS AND OTHER ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES.

     Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions  designed to
help our board of  directors  deal  with  attempts  to  acquire  control  of the
company.  Those provisions include classification of the board of directors into
three  classes  pursuant to which  directors  of each class serve for  staggered
three year  periods.  The  certificate  of  incorporation  also provides for 80%
supermajority   voting   provisions   for  the  approval  of  certain   business
combinations.  Those  provisions  do not prevent a takeover.  However,  they may
discourage a takeover  attempt not approved by our board of directors even if it
offered  stockholders a substantial  premium over the market price of our stock.
As a result,  stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction
might not have the  opportunity to do so. Such  provisions also make the removal
of our board of directors and  management  more  difficult and may serve to keep
current  management in place. In turn,  that could  adversely  affect the market
price of the common stock. We do not have a stockholders' rights plan.


                                        8



<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     Our net  proceeds  from the sale of the  2,000,000  shares of common  stock
offered hereby (after  deducting the  underwriting  discount and commissions and
estimated  expenses of the offering) will be approximately  $17.2 million ($19.9
million if the  underwriter's  over-allotment  option is exercised in full).  We
intend to infuse  approximately $12.9 million of the net proceeds into the bank.
The bank intends to use the proceeds we  contribute to it to continue its growth
strategy. The bank's current regulatory capital level does not allow the bank to
continue its growth  strategy and remain a  well-capitalized  institution  under
applicable regulations.  Increasing its regulatory capital by $12.9 million will
allow the bank to increase its asset size by in excess of $258 million which the
bank plans to do over the next two years.  This increase in  regulatory  capital
will permit the bank to expand its branch  network,  increase its origination of
loans and  purchases of  investment  and  mortgage-backed  securities  which are
expected to be funded primarily through increases in deposits, FHLB advances and
reverse  repurchase  agreements.  We intend to use the proceeds  retained at the
company  level for  purchasing  investment  securities  and,  when  appropriate,
originating  construction  and commercial loans to the extent those loans exceed
the  amount  the bank can  make  under  applicable  regulations.  Pending  their
longer-term use, the net proceeds from this offering are expected to be invested
in short-term, investment grade securities.

     With  respect  to  future  acquisitions,   we  regularly  review  potential
acquisitions.  We have no current agreements,  understandings or commitments for
any such acquisitions.

                           MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

     We have not previously issued stock to the public and, consequently,  there
is no established market for the common stock. We have been approved to have the
common  stock  listed on Nasdaq  National  Market  under the symbol  "GAFC" upon
completion  of the  offering.  Such  approval is subject to various  conditions,
including  completion of the offering and the satisfaction of applicable listing
criteria.  We are not  certain  that the  common  stock will be able to meet the
applicable  listing  criteria in order to maintain its listing on Nasdaq or that
an active and liquid  trading  market  will  develop or, if  developed,  will be
maintained.  A public  market,  having the desirable  characteristics  of depth,
liquidity and orderliness, however, depends upon the presence in the marketplace
of both willing  buyers and sellers of common stock at any given time,  which is
not within our control.  No assurance can be given that an investor will be able
to resell the common  stock after the  offering  at or above the initial  public
offering price.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     We have never declared or paid any cash  dividends on our common stock.  We
currently anticipate that we will retain all of our earnings, if any, to finance
our operations and the expansion of our business. Therefore, we do not intend to
pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable  future.  No assurances can
be given, that any dividends will be paid or, if commenced,  will continue to be
paid.

     If we pay dividends in the future,  they will be funded  primarily  through
dividends  from the bank.  The bank's and our ability to pay  dividends are also
subject  to and  limited  by  certain  legal and  regulatory  restrictions.  For
information  concerning federal regulations which apply to the bank's ability to
make capital  distributions,  including payment of dividends to the company, see
"Federal    and    State    Taxation--Federal    Taxation--Distributions"    and
"Regulation--Federal  Savings  Institution   Regulation--Limitation  on  Capital
Distributions."


                                       9
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

     Purchasers  of  common  stock in the  offering  will  experience  immediate
dilution  in net  tangible  book value  (stockholders'  equity  less  intangible
assets) per share from the initial  public  offering  price.  "Net tangible book
value per share" is  determined  by dividing  the  difference  between the total
amount of tangible  assets and the total amount of  liabilities by the number of
shares of common stock  outstanding.  At March 31, 1999,  the net tangible  book
value of the common stock was $8.50 per share.  After giving  effect to the sale
of  2,000,000  shares of common stock at an estimated  initial  public  offering
price of $9.50 per share (the median of the  estimated  initial  offering  price
range) and to the payment of estimated offering expenses of $1.8 million the pro
forma  tangible  book value per share at March 31,  1999 would have been  $8.59.
This would  represent an immediate  increase in tangible book value of $0.09 per
share to existing  shareholders  and an immediate  dilution to new  investors of
$0.91 per share.

                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth our capitalization at March 31, 1999, and as
adjusted to give effect to the sale of 2,000,000  shares of common stock offered
hereby,  less the underwriting  discount and commissions and estimated expenses.
You should read this table in  conjunction  with  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto included in this prospectus.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               AS OF MARCH 31, 1999
                                                            ---------------------------
                                                              ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                            ----------  ---------------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER
                                                                    SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock, $.01 par value:
 10,000,000 shares authorized; 822,434 shares outstanding;
   2,822,434 shares outstanding as adjusted ..............    $    8        $    28
Additional paid-in capital ...............................     6,168         23,393
Retained earnings ........................................     1,031          1,031
Accumulated other comprehensive income ...................      (214)          (214)
                                                              ------        -------
Total stockholders' equity ...............................    $6,993        $24,238
                                                              ======        =======
Book value per share .....................................   $  8.50        $  8.59
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) If the  underwriter's  over-allotment  option is exercised  in full,  common
    stock,  additional paid-in capital and total  stockholders'  equity would be
    $31,000, $26.0 million and $26.9 million, respectively.  This table excludes
    approximately  153,019  shares of common  stock  issuable  upon  exercise of
    outstanding  options and warrants at average  exercise  prices  ranging from
    $7.50 to $8.38 per share.


                                       10
<PAGE>

                                 OUR BUSINESS

     We are a  community-oriented  institution  offering a variety of  financial
products and services to meet the needs of the communities we serve. Our lending
and deposit  gathering  activities are concentrated in our primary market of the
greater Washington,  D.C./Baltimore  metropolitan area. We conduct business from
our home office at 11834 Rockville Pike in Rockville, Maryland and through three
full-service  branch  offices in  Pasadena,  Maryland,  Arlington,  Virginia and
Washington, D.C. All of our offices are located within a radius of approximately
35 miles of Washington, D.C.

     As an  independent  community  bank, we are engaged in the general  banking
business  with  particular  emphasis  on the  needs  of  individuals  and  small
businesses.  We emphasize  personal  attention and  professional  service to our
customers while  delivering a wide range of traditional  financial  products and
services.  We believe that  individuals and small  businesses in our market area
are  underserved  by the larger  out-of-state  banking  institutions  which have
acquired  local  institutions.  Those  acquisitions  have  provided  us with the
opportunity to attract both  displaced  customers who are  unsatisfied  with the
level  of  service  at  larger  institutions,  as  well as  experienced  banking
professionals,  who have strong knowledge of our primary market. To this end, we
provide customers with direct access to local bank officers who are empowered to
act with  flexibility  to meet  customers'  unique  needs  in  order  to  foster
long-term loan and deposit relationships.

     In October 1997, an investment  group led by William  Calomiris and Carroll
E. Amos raised  approximately $5.9 million,  of which approximately $2.0 million
was used to acquire the bank with the balance  infused as capital  into the bank
in order to support its  operations.  At that time, the bank had total assets of
$31.6  million  and had  incurred  a net loss of  $634,000  for the  year  ended
September 30, 1997.

     Mr.  Calomiris is  President of Wm.  Calomiris  Investment  Corporation,  a
company engaged in building,  developing and property  management.  Mr. Amos, an
independent investor and Certified Public Accountant, was employed by Washington
Federal Savings Bank from 1982 until 1996,  serving as Chief  Financial  Officer
and from 1982 until  1991 and as Vice  Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and
director from 1991 until 1996. Mr. Amos subsequently served as Vice Chairman and
Chief  Executive  Officer of 1st Washington  Bancorp,  Inc., the holding company
formed  by  Washington  Federal  Savings  Bank,  until  the  acquisition  of 1st
Washington by First Maryland Bancorp in July 1996.

     Mr.  Calomiris  currently  serves  as  our Chairman and Chairman of Greater
Atlantic  Bank. Mr. Amos serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer and
President and Chief Executive Officer of Greater Atlantic Bank.

     Messrs.  Calomiris  and Amos  assembled a board of directors of  well-known
business  and civic  leaders  with strong  ties to the bank's  market area and a
commitment  to the  growth  and  success  of the  company.  They also hired bank
personnel and loan officers with knowledge of the local market and experience in
extending  credit  to  small  and  medium-sized  businesses.  Several  of  these
individuals  had  contributed to the success,  along with Messrs.  Calomiris and
Amos, of 1st Washington Bancorp.

     When we acquired  Greater  Atlantic  Bank, it was a small  undercapitalized
problem  institution  that did not have the  financial or  managerial  resources
necessary to build a strong  community  based bank. On the other hand,  the bank
did have a strong mortgage banking operation that was well managed, although its
growth was  restricted  from a lack of capital and the problems  inherent in the
bank. We saw the opportunity to obtain an existing bank franchise with a limited
infrastructure at a relatively low price as compared to the then current market.
We believed that with the mortgage  banking  operation  and the mortgage  market
that existed at the time of  acquisition,  and that  continues  today,  we could
build a strong locally-owned banking institution more economically than could be
done by establishing a de novo institution.


                                       11
<PAGE>

GROWTH STRATEGY

     Since assuming  control of the bank in October 1997, we have  implemented a
strategy of growing the bank by  leveraging  the existing net worth  through the
purchase of investment and  mortgage-backed  securities until loan growth at the
bank level could supplant such activity. We have moved rapidly to build a branch
network in our market area and have opened two new branch  offices in 1998.  The
bank also has expanded its mortgage banking  activities so that the revenue from
that  activity  would offset the  operating  costs that are incurred at the bank
level to effect our growth strategy.

     Following the offering,  we will continue to implement the following growth
strategies so as to become less reliant on mortgage  banking income,  to enhance
shareholder value and to build our banking franchise:

   o Expand the bank's branch network to accelerate  retail deposit  growth.  We
     intend to open six branches in established  office  facilities by June 2001
     and acquire small  institutions or branches which present  opportunities to
     enhance the existing franchise.

   o Expand and diversify loan products while maintaining a community focus with
     personal  attention.  We intend to increase  our  emphasis  on  residential
     construction,  commercial  real estate,  consumer and  commercial  business
     lending.

   o Increase the amount of transaction-based  accounts in our deposit portfolio
     through the implementation of our community banking strategy.  We intend to
     continue to offer competitive  rates and lower fee transaction  products in
     order to attract  customers from larger  depository  institutions and lower
     our overall cost of funds.

   o Continue our strategy of leveraging  our existing net worth by investing in
     securities to support growth and profitability.

   o Develop  niche  products  and  services  for  Greater   Atlantic   Mortgage
     Corporation.  For example,  in an attempt to further  diversify its product
     mix, Greater Atlantic Mortgage has recently started  originating  pre-sold,
     high  loan-to-value,  home  equity  loans  and  lines of  credit  and small
     multi-family residential loans.

   o Improve  our  operating   efficiency  by  taking  advantage  of  our  prior
     investment in management and infrastructure to further implement our growth
     strategy.


                                       12
<PAGE>

PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

     Lending Activities.  Our lending strategy is to maintain a conservative and
diverse  loan  mix  consisting  of  residential  mortgage  loans,   multi-family
residential  and  commercial  real estate loans,  construction  and  development
loans,  commercial business loans and consumer loans.  Although  historically we
have focused on the  origination  of  single-family  residential  loans,  in the
future  management  expects to  increase  its  emphasis  on the  origination  of
residential construction,  multi-family, residential and commercial real estate,
commercial  business  and  consumer  loans.  As a result  of the  offering,  our
loans-to-one  borrower  limit is  expected  to  increase  which will allow us to
compete  for  and  originate  larger  residential   construction,   multi-family
residential and commercial  real estate loans. In addition,  we are training and
incentivizing our employees to market commercial  business and consumer loans to
customers in our branch offices.

     Mortgage  Banking  Activities.  Along with our community  banking focus, we
have expanded the operations of Greater Atlantic  Mortgage in order to diversify
our revenue  stream and support our  growth.  The  strategy of Greater  Atlantic
Mortgage is to originate  profitable  niche mortgage  products,  such as Federal
Housing  Administration  ("FHA") streamline  refinancings and the origination of
loans  on   condominiums  in  connection  with  the  conversion  of  cooperative
apartments  to  condominiums.  Currently,  the  operations  of Greater  Atlantic
Mortgage employ  approximately  60 persons in Tysons Corner,  Virginia.  For the
fiscal year ended  September 30, 1998,  and the six months ended March 31, 1999,
Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage  originated  $252.6  million  and $186.5  million of
single-family residential loans,  respectively,  the majority of which consisted
of  loans   insured  by  the  FHA  or  partially   guaranteed  by  the  Veterans
Administration ("VA") which were pre-sold in the secondary market with servicing
released.

     Investing  Activities.   We  purchase  mortgage-backed   securities,   U.S.
government and  agency-sponsored  securities  and other fixed income  securities
which are funded through advances from the FHLB of Atlanta or other  borrowings.
The primary goals of this strategy are to increase net interest  income,  return
on  average  equity  and  earnings  per  share.   We  administer  this  strategy
pro-actively, analyzing risk and reward relationships in different interest rate
environments  based  on the  composition  of our  investment  portfolio  and its
overall interest rate risk position.

     Deposit  Products.  We offer a variety of deposit  accounts with a range of
interest rates and terms. The bank's deposit products  include  checking,  money
market,   savings,  NOW,  certificates  of  deposit  and  individual  retirement
accounts.  Historically,  due to its organization as a savings institution,  the
bank has relied on certificates  of deposit as its primary  funding source.  The
company  intends to implement a program to offer customers a choice of different
types  of  checking  accounts  which  traditionally  cost  the  bank  less  than
certificates of deposit.


                                       13
<PAGE>

                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     You should  read the  following  Selected  Consolidated  Financial  Data in
conjunction  with our Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the notes thereto,
the information contained in "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations"  and other financial  information  included
elsewhere in this prospectus.  The selected  historical  consolidated  financial
data as of and for each of the two years ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997 are
derived from our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements which have been audited by
BDO Seidman, LLP, independent accountants.  Certain prior year amounts have been
reclassified to conform with the 1998  presentation.  Effective October 1, 1997,
we acquired the bank and  contributed  $3.9  million in equity to the bank.  The
acquisition  was  accounted  for as a  purchase.  Accordingly,  the  assets  and
liabilities  were revalued and $700,000 of goodwill was  recorded.  The selected
historical  consolidated financial data as of and for the six months ended March
31,  1999 and 1998 have not been  audited  but,  in the  opinion of  management,
contain  all  adjustments  (consisting  only of  normal  recurring  adjustments)
necessary  for a fair  statement  of the results for the  interim  periods.  The
results  of  operations  for  the  six  months  ended  March  31,  1999  are not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the
year ended September 30, 1999, or for any future periods.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         AT OR FOR THE               AT OR FOR THE
                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED               YEAR ENDED
                                                                           MARCH 31,                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   -------------------------   -------------------------
                                                                       1999          1998          1998          1997
                                                                   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS:
 Interest income ...............................................    $  3,790      $  1,454      $  4,011      $  2,394
 Interest expense ..............................................       2,792           782         2,563         1,291
                                                                    --------      --------      --------      --------
   Net interest income .........................................         998           672         1,448         1,103
 Provision for loan losses .....................................          23            95           159           487
                                                                    --------      --------      --------      --------
   Net interest income after provision for loan losses .........         975           577         1,289           616
 Noninterest income ............................................       4,692         2,871         6,268         3,528
 Noninterest expense ...........................................       4,987         2,894         6,637         4,778
                                                                    --------      --------      --------      --------
   Income (loss) before taxes ..................................         680           554           920          (634)
 Income tax provision ..........................................         258           212           311            --
                                                                    --------      --------      --------      --------
 Net income (loss) .............................................    $    422      $    342      $    609      $   (634)
                                                                    ========      ========      ========      ========
PER SHARE DATA:
 Net income (loss):
   Basic .......................................................    $   0.52      $   0.44      $   0.77      $  (1.92)
   Diluted .....................................................        0.52          0.44          0.77         (1.92)
 Book value ....................................................        8.50          7.96          8.38          4.74
 Tangible book value ...........................................        8.50          7.41          8.38          4.74
 Weighted average shares outstanding:
   Basic .......................................................     817,264       780,005       787,075       330,000
   Diluted .....................................................     819,014       780,005       787,075       330,000
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
 Total assets ..................................................    $125,896      $ 71,424      $107,342      $ 31,554
 Total loans receivable, net ...................................      31,365        19,028        25,510        18,854
 Allowance for loan losses .....................................         610           700           578           776
 Mortgage-loans held for sale ..................................       1,367        30,670        25,322         9,946
 Investment securities(1) ......................................      45,118         8,950        32,454         1,005
 Mortgage-backed securities(1) .................................      32,020         8,266        18,959            --
 Total deposits ................................................     112,091        60,542        76,311        28,377
 FHLB advances .................................................       5,000            --        22,000         1,250
 Total stockholders' equity ....................................       6,993         6,208         6,817         1,564

</TABLE>


                                       14
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        AT OR FOR THE                AT OR FOR THE
                                                                       SIX MONTHS ENDED               YEAR ENDED
                                                                          MARCH 31,                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  --------------------------   -------------------------
                                                                       1999          1998         1998          1997
                                                                  -------------   ----------   ----------   ------------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                               <C>             <C>          <C>          <C>
AVERAGE FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
 Total assets .................................................    $  115,738      $ 37,766     $ 56,406      $28,075
 Investment securities(1) .....................................        39,243         5,910       15,300        2,154
 Mortgage-backed securities(1) ................................        27,155         2,822        8,337           --
 Total loans receivable, net ..................................        44,484        26,515       30,373       25,248
 Allowance for loan losses ....................................          (617)         (538)        (574)        (408)
 Total deposits ...............................................        90,958        26,068       39,915       21,334
 Total stockholders' equity ...................................         6,920         5,437        5,922        1,967
SELECTED FINANCIAL RATIOS(2):
 Return on average assets .....................................          0.73%         1.81%        1.08%      ( 2.26)%
 Return on average equity .....................................         12.20         12.58        10.28       (32.23)
 Net interest margin ..........................................          1.80          3.81         2.68         4.18
 Efficiency ratio(3) ..........................................         87.65         81.68        86.02       103.17
 Equity to assets, at period end ..............................          5.55          8.69         6.35         4.96
ASSET QUALITY DATA:
 Non-performing assets to total assets, at period end .........          0.16%         0.89%        0.30%        2.75%
 Non-performing loans to total loans, at period end............          0.04          1.67         0.81         2.95
 Net charge-offs to average total loans .......................         (0.02)         0.64         1.18         0.58
 Allowance for loan losses to:
   Total loans ................................................          1.82          3.14         2.03         3.44
   Non-performing loans .......................................      5,083.33        188.17       251.30       116.69
 Non-performing loans .........................................    $       12      $    372     $    230      $   665
 Non-performing assets ........................................           204           638          320          867
 Allowance for loan losses ....................................           610           700          578          776
CAPITAL RATIOS OF THE BANK:
 Leverage ratio ...............................................          5.58%         8.05%        5.87%        6.06%
 Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio ..............................         11.83         19.45        18.41         9.65
 Total risk-based capital ratio ...............................         12.86         20.71        19.66        10.90
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Consists of securities classified as available for sale and for trading.

(2) Ratios are presented on an annualized basis where appropriate.

(3) Efficiency  ratio consists of  noninterest  expense  divided by net interest
income and noninterest income.

                                       15
<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  of our  results  of  operations  and  financial
condition  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements and related notes and other statistical  information  included in the
tables   accompanying  the  discussion  and  appearing   elsewhere  within  this
prospectus.  Results  reflect our  operations for the six months ended March 31,
1999 and March 31, 1998 and for the years ended September 30, 1998 and 1997.


            COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                    ENDED MARCH 31, 1999 AND MARCH 31, 1998

     Net Income. Net income for the six months ended March 31, 1999, amounted to
$422,000  or $0.52 per share  compared  to net income of  $342,000  or $0.44 per
share for the six months  ended  March 31,  1998.  The  $80,000  increase in net
income over the comparable  period one year ago was due to an increase in income
from mortgage-banking  activities,  offset in part by an increase in noninterest
expense. The increased noninterest expense reflects our continuing expansion and
growth,   including   substantially   increased   compensation,   occupancy  and
promotional expenses.

     Net Interest  Income.  An important  source of our earnings is net interest
income,  which is the  difference  between  income  earned  on  interest-earning
assets, such as loans, investment securities and mortgage-backed securities, and
interest  paid  on  interest-bearing  sources  of  funds  such as  deposits  and
borrowings.  The level of net  interest  income is  determined  primarily by the
relative  average  balances  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing
liabilities in combination  with the yields earned and rates paid upon them. The
correlation between the repricing of interest rates on assets and on liabilities
also influences net interest income.

     The following  table  presents a comparison  of the  components of interest
income and expense and net interest income.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                      MARCH 31,                DIFFERENCE
                                ----------------------   ----------------------
                                   1999         1998      AMOUNT         %
                                ----------   ---------   --------   -----------
                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>
Interest income:
 Loans ......................    $ 1,868      $1,188      $  680        57.24%
 Investments ................      1,922         266       1,656       622.56
                                 -------      ------      ------       ------
   Total ....................      3,790       1,454       2,336       160.66
                                 -------      ------      ------       ------
Interest expense:
 Deposits ...................      2,423         684       1,739       254.24
 Borrowings .................        369          98         271       276.53
                                 -------      ------      ------       ------
   Total ....................      2,792         782       2,010       257.03
                                 -------      ------      ------       ------
Net interest income .........    $   998      $  672      $  326        48.51%
                                 =======      ======      ======       ======
</TABLE>

     Our growth in net  interest  income for the six months ended March 31, 1999
was due primarily to the increase in average  interest-earning  assets resulting
from our planned growth.  Although  average  interest-earning  assets  increased
$75.6 million or 214.59% over the comparable  period  one-year ago, a decline in
the net interest margin (net interest income divided by average interest-earning
assets) of 201 basis points  limited the increase in net  interest  income.  The
decline  in  net  interest  margin  resulted  from  a  significant  increase  in
investments at a yield lower than could have been obtained if the funds had been
invested in loans.

     Interest  income for the six months  ended  March 31, 1999  increased  $2.3
million  from the six months  ended March 31, 1998  primarily  as a result of an
increase in the average outstanding balances in loans, investment securities and
mortgage-backed securities resulting in large measure from the


                                       16
<PAGE>

planned  leveraging of our capital.  The increase in interest income on the loan
portfolio  for the six months ended March 31, 1999  compared to interest  income
earned for the 1998 period  resulted  from an  increase of $18.0  million in the
average balance of loans outstanding. This increase was coupled with an increase
in  interest   income  from  the  investment  and   mortgage-backed   securities
portfolios,  due to an  increase  of $57.7  million in the  average  outstanding
balance, offset in part by a 30 basis point decrease in the average yield earned
on the portfolio.

     The increase in interest expense on deposits and borrowed funds for the six
months  ended March 31, 1999  compared  to the 1998 period was  principally  the
result of a significant  increase in the average  outstanding  balances in total
deposits and borrowed  funds,  offset in part by a four basis point  decrease in
the average  cost of funds.  The  increase in interest  expense on deposits  was
primarily  due to an  increase  in  average  certificates  of  deposit  of $55.3
million, or 248.54%,  from $22.3 million for the six months ended March 31, 1998
to $77.6 million for the six months ended March 31, 1999, offset in part by a 13
basis  point  decrease  in the  average  rate paid from 5.59% for the six months
ended  March 31,  1998 to 5.46% for the six months  ended  March 31,  1999.  The
average rate we paid for deposits  increased from 5.25% for the six months ended
March 31, 1998 to 5.33% for the six months ended March 31, 1999.  That  increase
in rate was coupled with an increase of $64.9 million in the average outstanding
balance of deposits.

     Comparative  Average Balances and Interest Income  Analysis.  The following
table  presents  the  total  dollar  amount  of  interest  income  from  average
interest-earning  assets  and the  resultant  yields,  as  well as the  interest
expense on average interest-bearing  liabilities,  expressed both in dollars and
annualized  rates.  No  tax-equivalent  adjustments  were  made and all  average
balances are average daily balances. Nonaccruing loans have been included in the
tables as loans carrying a zero yield.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1999                            1998
                                                      -------------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                                   INTEREST   AVERAGE             INTEREST    AVERAGE
                                                        AVERAGE     INCOME/    YIELD/   AVERAGE    INCOME/    YIELD/
                                                        BALANCE     EXPENSE     RATE    BALANCE    EXPENSE     RATE
                                                      ----------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
 Real estate loans ..................................  $ 39,597     $1,675      8.46%   $25,157    $1,129       8.98%
 Consumer loans .....................................     2,179         84      7.71        742        34       9.16
 Commercial business loans ..........................     2,708        109      8.05        616        25       8.12
                                                       --------     ------      ----    -------    ------       ----
   Total loans ......................................    44,484      1,868      8.40     26,515     1,188       8.96
Investment securities ...............................    39,243      1,156      5.89      5,910       192       6.50
Mortgage-backed securities ..........................    27,155        766      5.64      2,822        74       5.24
                                                       --------     ------      ----    -------    ------       ----
   Total interest-earning assets ....................   110,882      3,790      6.84     35,247     1,454       8.25
                                                                    ------      ----               ------       ----
Non-earning assets ..................................     4,856                           2,519
                                                       --------                         -------
 Total assets .......................................  $115,738                         $37,766
                                                       ========                         =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Savings accounts ...................................  $    804     $   13      3.23%   $   767    $   13       3.39%
 Now and money market accounts ......................    12,569        293      4.66      3,041        49       3.22
 Certificates of deposit ............................    77,585      2,117      5.46     22,260       622       5.59
                                                       --------     ------      ----    -------    ------       ----
   Total deposits ...................................    90,958      2,423      5.33     26,068       684       5.25
 FHLB advances ......................................    13,665        325      4.76      2,455        70       5.70
 Other borrowings ...................................     1,549         44      5.68        993        28       5.64
                                                       --------     ------      ----    -------    ------       ----
   Total interest-bearing liabilities ...............   106,172      2,792      5.26     29,516       782       5.30
                                                                    ------      ----               ------       ----
NONINTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
 Noninterest-bearing demand deposits ................     1,409                           1,888
 Other liabilities ..................................     1,237                             925
                                                       --------                         -------
   Total liabilities ................................   108,818                          32,329
Stockholders' equity ................................     6,920                           5,437
                                                       --------                         -------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .........  $115,738                         $37,766
                                                       ========                         =======
Net interest income .................................               $  998                         $  672
                                                                    ======                         ======
Interest rate spread ................................                           1.58%                           2.95%
                                                                                ====                            ====
Net interest margin .................................                           1.80%                           3.81%
                                                                                ====                            ====
</TABLE>

                                       17
<PAGE>

     Rate/Volume  Analysis.  The following  table presents  certain  information
regarding  changes in  interest  income and  interest  expense  attributable  to
changes in interest rates and changes in volume of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities for the periods indicated.  The change in interest
attributable  to both rate and volume has been  allocated to the changes in rate
and volume on a pro rata basis.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                          1999 VS. 1998
                                               -----------------------------------
                                                      CHANGE ATTRIBUTABLE TO
                                               -----------------------------------
                                                VOLUME         RATE         TOTAL
                                               --------   -------------   --------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>        <C>             <C>
Real estate loans ..........................    $  648       $ (102)       $  546
Consumer loans .............................        66          (16)           50
Commercial business loans ..................        85           (1)           84
                                                ------       ---------     ------
 Total loans ...............................       799         (119)          680
Investments ................................     1,083         (119)          964
Mortgage-backed securities .................       638           54           692
                                                ------       --------      ------
Total interest-earning assets ..............    $2,520       $ (184)       $2,336
                                                ======       ========      ======
Savings accounts ...........................    $    1       $   (1)       $   --
Now and money market accounts ..............       154           90           244
Certificates of deposit ....................     1,546          (51)        1,495
                                                ------       --------      ------
 Total deposits ............................     1,701           38         1,739
FHLB advances ..............................       319          (64)          255
Other borrowings ...........................        16           --            16
                                                ------       --------      ------
Total interest-bearing liabilities .........    $2,036       $  (26)       $2,010
                                                ======       ========      ======
Change in net interest income ..............    $  484       $ (158)       $  326
                                                ======       ========      ======
</TABLE>

     Provision  for  Loan  Losses.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses,  which is
established  through  provisions for losses charged to expense,  is increased by
recoveries  on loans  previously  charged off and is reduced by  charge-offs  on
loans.  Determining the proper reserve level or allowance involves  management's
judgment based upon a review of factors, including the company's internal review
process  which  segments  the loan  portfolio  into groups based on various risk
factors including the types of loans and asset classifications.  Each segment is
then  assigned  a  reserve  percentage  based  upon the  perceived  risk in that
segment.  Although  management  utilizes  its best  judgment  in  providing  for
probable  losses,  there can be no  assurance  that the company will not have to
increase its  provisions for loan losses in the future as a result of an adverse
market for real  estate  and  economic  conditions  generally  in the  company's
primary  market area,  future  increases in  non-performing  assets or for other
reasons which would adversely affect the company's results of operations.

     The provision for loan losses  decreased from $95,000 during the six months
ended March 31, 1998 to $23,000  during the six months ended March 31, 1999. The
reduction  in the  provision  is directly  related to an  improvement  in credit
quality over that time period  coupled with a decline in  non-performing  loans.
Net  charge-offs  decreased from $171,000  during the six months ended March 31,
1998 to a  recovery  of $9,000  during the six months  ended  March 31,  1999 as
overall asset quality improved as new management took a more aggressive  posture
in assessing collectability of classified loans.


                                       18
<PAGE>

     Noninterest  Income.  The  following  table  presents  a  comparison of the
components of noninterest income.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                                ENDED
                                              MARCH 31,                DIFFERENCE
                                        ---------------------   ------------------------
                                           1999        1998       AMOUNT          %
                                        ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Noninterest income:
 Gain on sale of loans ..............    $4,396      $2,609       $1,787         68.49%
 Service fees on loans ..............       260         207           53         25.60
 Service fees on deposits ...........        22          11           11        100.00
 Other operating income .............        14          44          (30)       (68.18)
                                         ------      ------       ------        ------
   Total noninterest income .........    $4,692      $2,871       $1,821         63.43%
                                         ======      ======       ======        ======

</TABLE>

     Noninterest  income  increased  during the six months ended March 31, 1999,
over the comparable period one year ago primarily as a result of the increase in
gain on sale of loans coupled with an increase in service fees on loans, both of
which related to an increased volume of loan  originations and sales as a result
of the company's  mortgage banking  activities.  The significant  level of gains
during the six months  ended March 31,  1999  resulted  from the company  taking
advantage of record loan origination  volumes coupled with home loan refinancing
and a declining  interest  rate  environment  which  enabled the company to sell
loans through Greater Atlantic Mortgage at a gain.


     During the six months ended March 31, 1999, the company  originated  $205.3
million in  mortgage  loans  compared  with  $138.9  million  originated  in the
comparable  period one year ago. The $66.4 million increase in loan originations
was largely  attributable to decreases in interest rates and an increase in home
mortgage refinancing. During the period, substantially all loans originated were
sold in the secondary market, in most cases with servicing released.  Loan sales
for the six months ended March 31, 1999 amounted to $210.5  million  compared to
sales of $109.7  million  during the  comparable  period one year ago.  Sales of
loans  resulted  in gains of $4.4  million  and $2.6  million for the six months
ended  March 31,  1999 and 1998,  respectively.  The  ability of the  company to
generate  gains from the sale of loans should  continue in the future;  however,
the level of future  gains will depend upon the dollar  amount of loans sold and
economic conditions.


     Noninterest  Expense.  The  following  table  presents  a comparison of the
components of noninterest expense.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                      MARCH 31,                DIFFERENCE
                                                ---------------------   ------------------------
                                                   1999        1998       AMOUNT          %
                                                ---------   ---------   ----------   -----------
                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
Noninterest expense:
 Compensation and employee benefits .........    $2,937      $1,656       $1,281         77.36%
 Occupancy ..................................       450         193          257        133.16
 Professional services ......................       104          68           36         52.94
 Advertising ................................       247         199           48         24.12
 Deposit insurance premium ..................        31          55          (24)       (43.64)
 Furniture, fixtures and equipment ..........       211          88          123        139.77
 Data processing ............................        62          77          (15)       (19.48)
 Loss from foreclosed real estate ...........         5          19          (14)       (73.68)
 Other operating expense ....................       940         539          401         74.40
                                                 ------      ------       ------        ------
   Total noninterest expense ................    $4,987      $2,894       $2,093         72.32%
                                                 ======      ======       ======        ======

</TABLE>

     Compensation and employee benefits increased from the comparable period one
year ago mainly because of increased staffing in the branch network,  the hiring
of  additional  administrative  staff and an  increase  in  commissions  to loan
officers due to increased loan production and the related


                                       19
<PAGE>

employee  benefit  cost  associated  with  the  increase  in  compensation.  Net
occupancy  expenses  increased  from the 1998 six month period to the comparable
1999 period due to the  development of the branch  network which  increased from
two branches as of March 31, 1998 to four branches as of March 31, 1999, as well
as the acquisition of additional  administrative space to handle the current and
planned  growth of the bank and  Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage.  The  increase  in
advertising  expense  from the six months ended March 31, 1998 to the six months
ended March 31, 1999 reflects the company's increased marketing efforts relating
to both deposit and loan products. Other operating expenses increased in the six
months ended March 31, 1999 from the  comparable  period one year ago  primarily
due to the costs associated with the branch  expansion  program and the increase
in  loan  originations  and  sales  related  to the  company's  mortgage-banking
activities.

     Income Taxes.  The company files a  consolidated  federal income tax return
with its  subsidiaries  and  computes  its income tax  provision or benefit on a
consolidated  basis. The income tax provision for the six months ended March 31,
1999 amounted to $258,000 compared to a provision of $212,000 for the six months
ended March 31, 1998.

     We recorded a deferred tax asset of $679,000,  net of a valuation allowance
of $548,000 at March 31, 1999. Based on past operating performance under current
management,  we  believe  that it is more  likely  than not  that the net  asset
recorded will be realized.

     At March 31, 1999,  the company had net operating  loss  carryforwards  for
federal income tax purposes of approximately $1.7 million which are available to
offset future federal taxable income,  if any,  through 2011. As a result of the
change in ownership of the bank, the amount of any tax loss  carryforward  usage
is restricted to an annual limitation of approximately $114,000.  During the six
months ended March 31, 1999, the company's  estimated  effective income tax rate
is 38%, which was calculated based on the best information currently available.


                                       20
<PAGE>

                     FINANCIAL CONDITION AT MARCH 31, 1999


GENERAL

     At March 31, 1999 the company's total assets were $125.9 million,  compared
to $107.3  million  held at  September  30,  1998,  representing  an increase of
17.33%.  Both the bank's overall asset size and customer base  increased  during
the  period and that  growth is  reflected  in the  consolidated  statements  of
financial condition and statements of operations. Stockholders' equity increased
by $176,000  during the six months ended March 31, 1999.  The increase  reflects
the $422,000 of net income  recognized during the six month period plus the sale
of $75,000 of stock,  and was  partially  offset by an  increase  of $322,000 in
unrealized losses on securities classified as available for sale.


LENDING ACTIVITIES

     General.  Net loans  receivable  at March 31, 1999 were $31.4  million,  an
increase of $5.9 million or 23.14% from the $25.5  million held at September 30,
1998. The increase in loans consisted  primarily of real estate loans secured by
first mortgages on residential  properties and consumer and commercial  lines of
credit secured by mortgages on residential  and  commercial  real estate.  Loans
held for sale  amounted  to $1.4  million at March 31,  1999  compared  to $25.3
million at  September  30, 1998,  a decrease of $23.9  million.  The decrease in
loans held for sale reflects the fact that $33.2 million of the $34.3 million of
loans originated for sale during March 1999 were disbursed after March 31, 1999.
During the six months ended March 31, 1999,  the  origination  of  single-family
residential  loans for the bank's  portfolio  decreased while the origination of
consumer loans and commercial  loans was emphasized  resulting in an increase in
the aggregate of loans originated for the bank's portfolio.

     The  following  table sets forth the bank's  loan  originations,  sales and
principal repayments for the periods indicated:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                               MARCH 31,
                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                          1999            1998
                                                                     -------------   -------------
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>
Total loans at beginning of period(1) ............................    $   53,606      $   32,520
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Originations of loans for investment:
 Single-family residential(2) ....................................         1,482             445
 Multi-family residential ........................................            --              --
 Commercial real estate ..........................................         1,649              --
 Construction ....................................................         3,507           5,915
 Land loans ......................................................           277             369
 Second trust ....................................................           277             413
 Commercial business .............................................         7,317           1,369
 Consumer ........................................................         4,229               3
                                                                      ----------      ----------
   Total originations for investment .............................        18,738           8,514
Loans originated for resale by Greater Atlantic Mortgage .........       186,528         130,383
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Total originations ...............................................       205,266         138,897
Repayments .......................................................       (13,614)         (8,363)
Sale of loans originated for resale by Greater Atlantic Mortgage
 Corporation .....................................................      (210,483)       (109,659)
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Net activity in loans ............................................       (18,831)         20,875
                                                                      ----------      ----------
Total loans at end of period .....................................    $   34,775      $   53,395
                                                                      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Includes loans held for sale of $25.2 million and $10.0 million at September
    30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

(2) Includes  $1.5 million of loans  purchased in the six months ended March 31,
    1999.

                                       21
<PAGE>

     Loan  Portfolio.  The bank's loan portfolio  consists  principally of first
mortgage  loans,  primarily  mortgage  loans  secured  by  one-  to  four-family
residential  real estate.  At March 31, 1999, the bank's mortgage loan portfolio
totalled  $27.3  million  or 81.24% of total  loans.  Loans  secured  by one- to
four-family  residential real estate loans totalled $17.2 million,  or 51.20% of
total  loans.  At March 31,  1999,  the bank also had $4.3  million or 12.84% of
total loans in  construction  loans,  $3.9 million or 11.64% in commercial  real
estate loans, $1.1 million, or 3.13% in multi-family loans and $815,000 or 2.43%
in land loans.

     The bank's consumer loans at March 31, 1999,  aggregated  $4.2 million,  or
12.62% of total loans,  and included $4.1 million of home equity loans,  $91,000
of automobile loans and $40,000 of other consumer loans.  The bank's  commercial
business  loans  totalled  $2.1 million,  or 6.14% of total loans,  at March 31,
1999.

     At March 31, 1999,  regulations  of the Office of Thrift  Supervision  (the
"OTS") limit our maximum loans-to-one borrower to approximately $1.2 million. At
March 31, 1999,  the five largest loans or loan  relationships  amounted to $1.0
million,  $1.0  million,  $950,000,  $750,000  and  $740,000,  all of which were
performing  in  accordance  with their terms as of such date. As a result of the
offering,  our  loans-to-one  borrower  limit is expected to exceed $3.1 million
which will enable the bank to compete for larger, more profitable loans and meet
the needs of our customers without seeking loan participants.

     The following table sets forth the composition of the bank's loan portfolio
in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                                             -------------------------
                                                                              % OF
                                                               AMOUNT      TOTAL LOANS
                                                             ----------   ------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS:
 Single-family(1) ........................................    $ 17,189        51.20%
 Multi-family ............................................       1,050         3.13
 Construction ............................................       4,310        12.84
 Commercial real estate ..................................       3,908        11.64
 Land ....................................................         815         2.43
                                                              --------       ------
   Total mortgage loans ..................................      27,272        81.24
                                                              --------       ------
COMMERCIAL BUSINESS AND CONSUMER LOANS:
 Commercial business .....................................       2,060         6.14
 Consumer:
   Home equity ...........................................       4,107        12.23
   Automobile ............................................          91         0.27
   Other .................................................          40         0.12
                                                              --------       ------
    Total commercial business and consumer loans .........       6,298        18.76
                                                              --------       ------
    Total loans receivable ...............................      33,570       100.00%
                                                                             ======
LESS:
 Allowance for loan losses ...............................        (610)
 Loans in process ........................................      (1,636)
 Unearned premium (discounts) ............................          41
                                                              --------
   Loans receivable, net .................................    $ 31,365
                                                              ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Includes  loans  secured  by  second  trusts on  single-family  residential
     property.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     One- to  Four-Family  Mortgage  Lending.  The bank  currently  offers  both
fixed-rate and  adjustable-rate  mortgage ("ARM") loans with maturities of up to
30 years secured by single-family residences,  which term includes real property
containing  from one to four  residences.  Most of such loans are located in the
bank's primary market area. One- to four-family  mortgage loan  originations are
generally obtained from the bank's in-house loan representatives,  from existing
or past  customers and through  advertising  and referrals from residents of the
bank's  local  communities.  At March 31, 1999,  the bank's one- to  four-family
mortgage loans totalled $17.2 million,  or 51.20% of total loans. Of the one- to
four-family  mortgage  loans  outstanding at that date,  36.66% were  fixed-rate
loans and 63.34% were ARM loans.

     Construction and Development Lending. The bank originates  construction and
development  loans primarily to finance the construction of one- to four-family,
owner-occupied  residential real estate properties located in the bank's primary
market  area.  Construction  and  development  loans are  generally  offered  to
customers  and  experienced  builders  with  whom the  bank  has an  established
relationship.  Construction  and  development  loans are typically  offered with
terms of up to 12 months;  however, terms may be extended up to four years under
certain circumstances.  The maximum loan-to-value limit applicable to such loans
is 80% for contract sales and 75% for speculative properties.  Construction loan
proceeds are disbursed periodically in increments as construction progresses and
as inspections by independent construction loan inspectors warrant. At March 31,
1999,  the bank's largest  construction  and  development  loan was a performing
$950,000 loan secured by six single-family homes.

     Construction and development financing is generally considered to involve a
higher   degree  of  credit  risk  than   long-term   financing   on   improved,
owner-occupied  real estate.  Risk of loss on a  construction  loan is dependent
largely upon the  accuracy of the initial  estimate of the  property's  value at
completion of construction  compared to the estimated cost (including  interest)
of  construction  and other  assumptions,  including the estimated  time to sell
residential  properties.  If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate,  the
bank may be confronted with a project,  when completed,  having a value which is
insufficient  to assure full  repayment.  At March 31,  1999,  construction  and
development  loans (including land loans) totalled $5.1 million,  or 15.27%,  of
the bank's total loans.

     The bank also originates land loans to local contractors and developers for
the  purpose  of  making  improvements  thereon,   including  small  residential
subdivisions  in the bank's primary market area or for the purpose of holding or
developing the land for sale.  Such loans are secured by a lien on the property,
are limited to 60% of the lower of the acquisition  price or the appraised value
of the land and have a term of up to three years with a floating  interest  rate
based on the prime rate as reported in The Wall Street Journal.  The bank's land
loans are generally secured by property in its primary market area. At March 31,
1999,  land loans totaled  $815,000,  or 2.43% of total loans.  The largest land
loan at that date was a performing loan which amounted to $418,000.

     Multi-family  and  Commercial  Real  Estate  Lending.  The bank  originates
multi-family and commercial real estate loans that are generally secured by five
or more unit apartment  buildings and properties used for business purposes such
as small office  buildings or retail  facilities  located in the bank's  primary
market area. The bank's  multi-family  and commercial  real estate  underwriting
policies  provide  that such real  estate  loans may be made in amounts of up to
75-80% of the  appraised  value of the property,  subject to the bank's  current
loans-to-one  borrower policy limit,  which at March 31, 1999, was approximately
$1.2 million.  The bank's  multi-family  and commercial real estate loans may be
made with terms ranging from five to 15 years and amortization  periods of up to
30 years or with  interest  rates that  adjust  every  three to five  years.  In
reaching  its  decision on whether to make a  multi-family  or  commercial  real
estate loan,  the bank considers the net operating  income of the property,  the
borrower's  expertise,  credit  history and  profitability  and the value of the
underlying  property.  Environmental risk evaluations are generally required for
all multi-family and commercial real estate loans.  Generally,  all multi-family
and commercial real estate loans made to  corporations,  partnerships  and other
business entities require personal guarantees by the principals. On an exception
basis, the bank may not require a personal  guarantee on such loans depending on
the


                                       23
<PAGE>

creditworthiness  of the  borrower and the amount of the  downpayment  and other
mitigating  circumstances.  The bank's  multi-family  and commercial real estate
loan portfolio at March 31, 1999 was $5.0 million, or 14.77% of total loans. The
largest  multi-family or commercial real estate loan in the bank's  portfolio at
March 31, 1999, was a $1.0 million  participation  in a performing  $5.3 million
loan secured by two nursing home facilities in Whittier, California.

     Loans  secured  by  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  properties
generally  involve  larger  principal  amounts and a greater degree of risk than
one- to  four-family  residential  mortgage  loans.  Because  payments  on loans
secured  by  multi-family  and  commercial  real  estate  properties  are  often
dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment
of such loans may be subject to adverse  conditions in the real estate market or
the economy.  The bank seeks to minimize  these risks  through its  underwriting
standards.

     Commercial  Business Lending.  At March 31, 1999, the bank had $2.1 million
in commercial  business loans which  amounted to 6.14% of total loans.  The bank
makes  commercial  business  loans  primarily in its market area to a variety of
professionals,  sole  proprietorships  and small  businesses.  The bank offers a
variety of commercial  lending  products,  including term loans for fixed assets
and working capital, revolving lines of credit and letters of credit. Term loans
are  generally  offered with initial  fixed rates of interest for the first five
years and with terms of up to 7 years.  Business lines of credit have adjustable
rates of  interest  and are  payable  on demand,  subject  to annual  review and
renewal.  Business  loans with  variable  rates of interest  adjust on a monthly
basis and are indexed to the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal.

     In making  commercial  business  loans,  the bank  considers  the financial
statements of the borrower,  the bank's lending  history with the borrower,  the
debt service  capabilities  of the  borrower,  the  projected  cash flows of the
business  and  the  value  of the  collateral.  Commercial  business  loans  are
generally secured by a variety of collateral,  primarily  equipment,  assets and
accounts receivable, and are supported by personal guarantees.  Depending on the
collateral used to secure the loans,  commercial loans are made in amounts of up
to 80% of the  adjusted  value of the  collateral  securing  the loan.  The bank
generally does not make unsecured  commercial  business loans. In addition,  the
bank participates in loans, often  community-based,  with area lenders with whom
the bank has a  relationship.  When  determining  whether to participate in such
loans, the bank will underwrite its participation  interest according to its own
underwriting standards.

     In an effort to increase its emphasis on  commercial  business  loans,  the
bank  has  hired  a  commercial  loan  officer  with  extensive   experience  in
originating   commercial  business  loans  to  small  businesses.   Her  primary
responsibility  will be to increase commercial business loan volume particularly
at the bank's branch  offices.  Management  believes  that through  training and
implementation  of  a  sales  culture,   managers  at  the  branch  offices  can
successfully originate commercial business loans.

     Unlike  mortgage  loans,  which  generally  are  made on the  basis  of the
borrower's ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income,
and which are  secured by real  property  whose  value  tends to be more  easily
ascertainable,  commercial  business  loans are of higher risk and typically are
made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from the cash flow
of the  borrower's  business.  As a result,  the  availability  of funds for the
repayment of commercial  business  loans may be  substantially  dependent on the
success of the business itself.  Further, any collateral securing such loans may
depreciate  over time,  may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value.
At March 31,  1999,  the  bank's  largest  commercial  business  loan was a $1.0
million  revolving  warehouse  line of credit  with an  outstanding  balance  of
$615,000  secured  by an  assignment  of the  notes and deeds of trust on single
family residential loans.

     Consumer Lending. Consumer loans at March 31, 1999 amounted to $4.2 million
or 12.62% of the bank's  total  loans,  and  consisted  primarily of home equity
loans,  home equity  lines of credit,  and, to a  significantly  lesser  extent,
secured and unsecured  personal loans and new and used automobile  loans.  These
loans are  generally  made to  residents of the bank's  primary  market area and
generally are secured by real estate,  deposit accounts and  automobiles.  These
loans are typically  shorter term and generally have higher  interest rates than
one- to four-family mortgage loans.


                                       24
<PAGE>

     The bank  offers  home  equity  loans  and  home  equity  lines  of  credit
(collectively, "home equity loans"). Most of the bank's equity loans are secured
by second  mortgages  on one- to  four-family  residences  located in the bank's
primary  market area.  At March 31, 1999,  these loans  totalled $4.1 million or
12.23% of the bank's total loans and 96.91% of consumer loans. Home equity loans
are generally  offered with terms of up to 15 years and with both adjustable and
fixed-rates of interest.  The interest rate on adjustable-rate loans is based on
the prime rate as  reported  in The Wall Street  Journal.  Adjustable-rate  home
equity loans  generally  provide for overall caps on the increase or decrease in
the interest rate over the life of the loan which are based on state usury laws.
At March 31, 1999,  the bank had $9.5 million of home equity loans of which $4.1
million,  or 40.59% of total home equity loans, was drawn down at such date. The
underwriting  standards  employed  by  the  bank  for  equity  loans  include  a
determination  of  the  applicant's  credit  history  and an  assessment  of the
applicant's  ability to meet existing  obligations  and payments on the proposed
loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan.  Generally,  the maximum
combined   loan-to-value   ratio   ("LTV")  on  equity  loans  is  80%  on  both
owner-occupied  and   non-owner-occupied   properties.   The  stability  of  the
applicant's  monthly income may be determined by  verification  of gross monthly
income from primary employment and, additionally,  from any verifiable secondary
income. Creditworthiness of the applicant is of primary consideration.

     The bank also originates other types of consumer loans primarily consisting
of secured and unsecured  personal loans and new and used  automobile  loans. At
March 31, 1999, these consumer loans totalled  $131,000,  or 0.39% of the bank's
total loans and 3.09% of consumer  loans.  Secured  personal loans are generally
secured by deposit accounts.  Unsecured  personal loans generally have a maximum
borrowing limitation of $15,000 and generally require a debt ratio (the ratio of
debt service to net earnings) of 40%.  Automobile loans have a maximum borrowing
limitation  of  90%  of the  sale  price  of a new  automobile  or the  National
Automobile  Dealers  Association's  Guide's loan value for used automobiles.  As
part of its  strategy  to develop a diverse  loan mix,  the bank has  employed a
senior bank officer with extensive experience in the development, implementation
and  marketing of consumer loan programs and intends to increase its emphasis on
such lending.  In addition,  the bank has recently instituted a training program
designed to enable  branch  managers to originate  consumer  loans at the branch
level.  That  program  will  substantially  eliminate  the  time  lapse  between
application and closing of many consumer loans and management believes that such
program will assist the bank in expanding its consumer loan portfolio.

     Loans secured by rapidly depreciable assets such as automobiles or that are
unsecured entail greater risks than one- to four-family  mortgage loans. In such
cases,  repossessed  collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate
source of repayment of the  outstanding  loan balance,  since there is a greater
likelihood  of  damage,  loss  or  depreciation  of the  underlying  collateral.
Further,  consumer  loan  collections  on  these  loans  are  dependent  on  the
borrower's continuing financial stability and, therefore,  are more likely to be
adversely  affected  by job  loss,  divorce,  illness  or  personal  bankruptcy.
Finally,  the application of various federal and state laws,  including  federal
and state  bankruptcy  and  insolvency  laws,  may limit the amount which can be
recovered on such loans in the event of a default.


DELINQUENT LOANS, CLASSIFIED ASSETS AND NON-PERFORMING ASSETS

     Delinquent  Loans and  Classified  Assets.  Reports  listing all delinquent
accounts are  generated and reviewed  regularly by  management  and all loans or
lending  relationships  delinquent  30 days or more  and all real  estate  owned
("REO") are reviewed monthly by the board of directors.  The procedures taken by
the bank with respect to delinquencies vary depending on the nature of the loan,
the length and cause of delinquency and whether the borrower has previously been
delinquent. When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a loan, the bank
may take any of a number of steps to have the borrower cure the  delinquency and
restore the loan to current  status.  The bank  generally  sends the  borrower a
written  notice  of  non-payment  when the loan is first  past due.  The  bank's
guidelines provide that telephone,  written  correspondence  and/or face-to-face
contact  will be  attempted to  ascertain  the reasons for  delinquency  and the
prospects of repayment. When contact is made with the borrower at any time prior
to foreclosure, the bank will attempt to obtain full



                                       25
<PAGE>

payment,  work out a repayment  schedule with the borrower to avoid  foreclosure
or,  in some  instances,  accept  a deed in lieu of  foreclosure.  In the  event
payment is not then  received or the loan not  otherwise  satisfied,  additional
letters and telephone calls generally are made. If the loan is still not brought
current or satisfied and it becomes necessary for the bank to take legal action,
which typically occurs after a loan is 90 days or more delinquent, the bank will
commence  foreclosure  proceedings  against any real or personal  property  that
secures the loan.  If a  foreclosure  action is  instituted  and the loan is not
brought current,  paid in full, or refinanced  before the foreclosure  sale, the
property securing the loan generally is sold at foreclosure and, if purchased by
the bank, becomes REO.

     Federal regulations and the bank's Asset Classification Policy require that
the bank utilize an internal asset classification system as a means of reporting
problem and potential  problem assets.  The bank has  incorporated  the internal
asset  classifications of the OTS as a part of its credit monitoring system. The
bank currently classifies problem and potential problem assets as "Substandard,"
"Doubtful"  or "Loss"  assets.  An asset is  considered  "Substandard"  if it is
inadequately  protected  by the  current  net worth and paying  capacity  of the
obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. "Substandard" assets include those
characterized by the "distinct  possibility"  that the insured  institution will
sustain "some loss" if the deficiencies are not corrected.  Assets classified as
"Doubtful" have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified "Substandard"
with the added  characteristic  that the weaknesses  present make "collection or
liquidation in full," on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions,  and
values,  "highly  questionable and improbable."  Assets classified as "Loss" are
those considered "uncollectible" and of such little value that their continuance
as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.
Assets which do not currently expose the insured  institution to sufficient risk
to warrant  classification in one of the  aforementioned  categories but possess
weaknesses are required to be designated "Special Mention."

     When the bank  classifies  one or more  assets,  or  portions  thereof,  as
Substandard,  it establishes a general valuation allowance for loan losses in an
amount deemed prudent by management. General valuation allowances represent loss
allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated
with lending activities,  but which, unlike specific  allowances,  have not been
allocated to particular  problem  assets.  When the bank  classifies one or more
uncollateralized  assets,  or portions  thereof,  as Doubtful,  it establishes a
specific  allowance  for  losses  equal  to 50% of the  amount  of the  asset so
classified. With respect to collateralized assets, the specific allowance is 50%
of the difference  between the loan amount and the collateral value.  Assets, or
portions thereof, classified as Loss are charged off.

     The bank's management reviews and classifies the bank's assets on a regular
basis and the board of directors reviews the management's reports on a quarterly
basis. The bank classifies  assets in accordance with the management  guidelines
described  above. At March 31, 1999, the bank had $59,000 of loans designated as
Substandard  which  consisted of one commercial real estate loan for $40,000 and
four second trusts totalling $19,000. At that same date the bank had $182,000 of
assets classified as Doubtful,  one commercial real estate loan for $170,000 and
two second trusts  totalling  $12,000.  At March 31, 1999, the bank had no loans
classified as Loss. As of March 31, 1999,  the bank also had a total of 2 loans,
totalling  $349,000,  designated  as Special  Mention.  At March 31,  1999,  the
largest adversely (other than Special Mention)  classified loan was a commercial
real estate second trust loan with an aggregate carrying balance of $170,000, on
which it also holds a $285,000 participation interest in a $696,000 first trust.
The property  securing the two loans is unoccupied  and listed for sale for $1.1
million.

     Non-Performing  Assets and Impaired  Loans.  The following table sets forth
information  regarding  non-accrual  loans  and REO.  At  March  31,  1999,  REO
consisted of a multi-family property totalling $192,000, which is under contract
of sale as of June 11,  1999.  It is the  policy  of the bank to cease  accruing
interest  on  mortgage  loans 90 days or more  past  due and to  cease  accruing
interest on consumer  loans 60 days or more past due (unless the loan  principal
and interest are determined by management to be fully secured and in the process
of collection) and to charge off the accrued and unpaid  interest.  As a result,
the bank had no loans 90 days or more past due but still  accruing  interest  or
troubled debt restructurings at any of the dates indicated.


                                       26
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                                                            -----------------------
                                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>
     Mortgage loans:
       Single-family ....................................................           $    12
                                                                                    -------
     Total non-accrual loans ............................................                12
     REO ................................................................               192
                                                                                    -------
     Total non-performing assets ........................................           $   204
                                                                                    =======
     Non-performing loans to total loans ................................              0.04%
                                                                                    -------
     Total non-performing assets to total assets, at period end .........              0.16%
                                                                                    =======
</TABLE>

     On  December  14,  1995,  the bank  adopted  SFAS No. 114,  "Accounting  by
Creditors  for  Impairment  of a Loan," as amended by SFAS No. 118. At March 31,
1999, the bank had recorded investments of $12,000 in impaired loans. During the
six months ended March 31, 1999, the amount of additional  interest  income that
would have been  recognized on non-accrual  loans if such loans had continued to
perform in accordance with their contractual terms was $141. The total amount of
interest not recognized to date on such loans was $499.

     When the bank  acquires  property  through  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of
foreclosure, it is initially recorded at the lesser of the carrying value of the
loan or fair value of the  property  at the date of  acquisition,  less costs to
sell.  Thereafter,  if there  is a  further  deterioration  in  value,  the bank
provides  for a specific  valuation  allowance  and charges  operations  for the
diminution  in value.  It is the  policy of the bank to obtain an  appraisal  or
broker's  price opinion on all real estate  subject to  foreclosure  proceedings
prior to the  time of  foreclosure.  It is also the  bank's  policy  to  require
appraisals  on  a  periodic  basis  on  foreclosed  properties  and  to  conduct
inspections on foreclosed properties.


ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

     The allowance for loan losses is  established  through a provision for loan
losses  based on  management's  evaluation  of the  risks  inherent  in its loan
portfolio and the general  economy.  The allowance for loan losses is maintained
at an amount  management  considers  adequate to cover estimated losses in loans
receivable  which  are  deemed  probable  and  estimable  based  on  information
currently known to management.  The allowance is based upon a number of factors,
including  current  economic  conditions,  actual loss  experience  and industry
trends. In addition,  various regulatory agencies,  as an integral part of their
examination  process,  periodically review the bank's allowance for loan losses.
Such agencies may require the bank to make  additional  provisions for estimated
loan losses based upon their  judgments about  information  available to them at
the time of their examination.

     As of March 31,  1999,  the bank's  allowance  for loan losses  amounted to
$610,000 or 1.82% of total loans.  The bank had non-accrual  loans of $12,000 at
March 31, 1999.  The bank will  continue to monitor and modify its allowance for
loan  losses  as  conditions  dictate.  While  management  believes  the  bank's
allowance  for loan losses is  sufficient  to cover losses  inherent in its loan
portfolio  at this time,  no  assurances  can be given that the bank's  level of
allowance for loan losses will be  sufficient  to cover loan losses  incurred by
the  bank or that  adjustments  to the  allowance  for loan  losses  will not be
necessary  if  economic  and  other  conditions  differ  substantially  from the
economic and other  conditions used by management to determine the current level
of the allowance for loan losses.


                                       27
<PAGE>

     The following  table sets forth  activity in the bank's  allowance for loan
losses.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        AT OR FOR THE SIX
                                                                                           MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                          MARCH 31, 1999
                                                                                     -----------------------
                                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Balance at beginning of period ...................................................         $     578
Provisions .......................................................................                23
                                                                                           ---------
Total charge-offs ................................................................                (1)
Total recoveries .................................................................                10
                                                                                           -----------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries .....................................................                 9
                                                                                           -----------
Balance at end of period .........................................................         $     610
                                                                                           ===========
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans outstanding during the
 period ..........................................................................             (0.02)%
                                                                                           ===========
Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans at end of period .........          5,083.33%
                                                                                           ===========
Allowance for loan losses to total loans .........................................              1.82%
                                                                                           ===========
</TABLE>

     The following table sets forth the bank's allowance for loan losses in each
of the  categories  listed  and the  percentage  of such  amounts  to the  total
allowance and the percentage of such amounts to total loans.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                              -----------------------------------
                                                                PERCENT OF
                                                         ------------------------
                                                            TOTAL         TOTAL
                                               AMOUNT     ALLOWANCE       LOANS
                                              --------   -----------   ----------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>        <C>           <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS:
 Single-family ............................    $ 110         18.03%        0.33%
 Multi-family .............................        9          1.48         0.03
 Construction .............................       47          7.70         0.14
 Commercial real estate ...................      153         25.08         0.46
 Land .....................................       16          2.62         0.04
                                               -----        ------         ----
  Total mortgage loans ....................      335         54.91         1.00
                                               -----        ------         ----
COMMERCIAL BUSINESS AND CONSUMER LOANS:
 Commercial business ......................      104         17.05         0.31
 Consumer:
   Home equity ............................       51          8.36         0.15
   Automobile .............................        4          0.66         0.01
   Other ..................................       --            --           --
                                               -----        ------         ----
    Total commercial and consumer .........      159         26.07         0.47
                                               -----        ------         ----
Unallocated ...............................      116         19.02         0.35
                                               -----        ------         ----
Total .....................................    $ 610        100.00%        1.82%
                                               =====        ======         ====
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
     The  investment  policy of the bank, as approved by the board of directors,
requires management, to maintain adequate liquidity, generate a favorable return
on  investments  without  incurring  undue interest rate and credit risk, and to
complement  the  bank's  lending   activities.   The  bank  primarily   utilizes
investments in securities for liquidity management, as a source of income and as
a method  of  deploying  excess  funds not  utilized  for  investment  in loans.
Securities classified as trading are bought and held principally for sale in the
near term, generally within 90 days. Generally,  the bank's investment policy is
more restrictive than the OTS regulations allow and,  accordingly,  the bank has
invested primarily in U.S.  government and agency  securities,  which qualify as
liquid  assets  under the OTS  regulations,  federal  funds and U.S.  government
sponsored, agency-issued, mortgage-backed securities.


                                       28
<PAGE>

     Investment and mortgage-backed  securities  increased from $51.2 million at
September 30, 1998 to $77.1 million at March 31, 1999.  All  securities  held by
the company were  classified as available for sale and were used to leverage the
bank's  capital while new consumer and  commercial  products were  developed and
marketed.  The company at times has held securities for trading. They are bought
and held  principally  for the  purpose of  selling in the near term,  generally
within 90 days.

     At March 31, 1999, the bank had invested  $32.0 million in  mortgage-backed
securities,  or  25.43%  of  total  assets,  all of  which  were  classified  as
available-for-sale.  Investments in  mortgage-backed  securities  involve a risk
that actual prepayments will be greater than estimated prepayments over the life
of the  security,  which may  require  adjustments  to the  amortization  of any
premium or  accretion  of any  discount  relating  to such  instruments  thereby
changing  the net  yield on such  securities.  There is also  reinvestment  risk
associated  with the cash  flows  from  such  securities  or in the  event  such
securities  are redeemed by the issuer.  In  addition,  the market value of such
securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.

     The following table sets forth information regarding the amortized cost and
estimated market value of the bank's investment securities.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                        ------------------------
                                                      ESTIMATED
                                         AMORTIZED     MARKET
                                            COST        VALUE
                                        -----------  ----------
                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                     <C>           <C>
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
 Equity securities(1) ...............     $ 9,093      $ 9,017
 Corporate debt securities ..........       2,112        2,209
 Federal agency securities ..........       1,000          989
 CMOs ...............................       1,731        1,737
 U.S. Government securities .........      31,465       31,166
                                          -------      -------
  Total .............................     $45,401      $45,118
                                          =======      =======
INVESTMENT SECURITIES WITH:
 Fixed rates ........................     $ 4,843      $ 4,935
 Adjustable rates ...................      40,558       40,183
                                          -------      -------
  Total .............................     $45,401      $45,118
                                          =======      =======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Equity securities  consist of a $3.0 million investment in a short-term U.S.
    government   securities  mutual  fund;  a  $3.0  million  investment  in  an
    intermediate-term  mortgage  securities  mutual  fund;  and a  $3.0  million
    investment in a U.S. government mortgage securities mutual fund.


     The following table sets forth information regarding the amortized cost and
estimated market value of the bank's mortgage-backed securities.




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                           ------------------------
                                                          ESTIMATED
                                            AMORTIZED      MARKET
                                               COST         VALUE
                                           -----------   ----------
                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
 REMICs ............................         $ 2,546      $ 2,583
 FHLMC .............................           5,182        5,149
 FNMA ..............................          21,287       21,235
 GNMA ..............................           3,070        3,053
                                             -------      -------
  Total ............................         $32,085      $32,020
                                             =======      =======
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES WITH:
 Fixed rates ...................             $18,142      $18,136
 Adjustable rates ..............              13,943       13,884
                                             -------      -------
  Total ........................             $32,085      $32,020
                                             =======      =======
</TABLE>



                                       29
<PAGE>

     The table  below sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the  carrying
value,  weighted  average  yields  and  contractual  maturities  of  the  bank's
investment   securities   available-for-sale   and  mortgage-backed   securities
available-for-sale.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                                          -------------------------------------------
                                                                                    MORE THAN ONE
                                                            ONE YEAR OR LESS     YEAR TO FIVE YEARS
                                                          --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                      WEIGHTED              WEIGHTED
                                                           CARRYING    AVERAGE   CARRYING    AVERAGE
                                                             VALUE      YIELD      VALUE      YIELD
                                                          ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
                                                                    (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 Adjustable-rate securities:
 Equity securities ......................................   $9,017       5.82%    $   --        --%
 U.S. Government agency .................................       --         --      1,250      7.52
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
  Total .................................................    9,017       5.82      1,250      7.52
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
Fixed-rate:
 Federal agency .........................................       --         --         --        --
 Corporate debt .........................................       --         --         --        --
 CMOs ...................................................       --         --         --        --
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
  Total .................................................       --         --         --        --
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
Total investment securities available-for-sale ..........    9,017       5.82      1,250      7.52
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale:
 Adjustable-rate securities:
  FNMA ..................................................       --         --        550      6.10
  FHLMC .................................................       --         --         --        --
  GNMA ..................................................       --         --         --        --
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
   Total ................................................       --         --        550      6.10
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
  Fixed-rate:
  FNMA ..................................................       --         --         --        --
  FHLMC .................................................       --         --         --        --
  GNMA ..................................................       --         --         --        --
  REMICs ................................................       --         --         --        --
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
   Total ................................................       --         --         --        --
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale .....       --         --        550      6.10
                                                            ------       ----     ------      ----
Total investments .......................................   $9,017       5.82%    $1,800      7.09%
                                                            ======       ====     ======      ====

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>
                                                                                 AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                             MORE THAN FIVE           MORE THAN
                                                           YEARS TO TEN YEARS         TEN YEARS              TOTAL
                                                          --------------------- --------------------- --------------------
                                                                      WEIGHTED              WEIGHTED              WEIGHTED
                                                           CARRYING    AVERAGE   CARRYING    AVERAGE   CARRYING   AVERAGE
                                                             VALUE      YIELD      VALUE      YIELD      VALUE     YIELD
                                                          ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
                                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 Adjustable-rate securities:
 Equity securities ......................................  $    --        --%    $     --       --%    $ 9,017      5.82%
 U.S. Government agency .................................    3,181      5.20       26,735     6.04      31,166      6.01
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
  Total .................................................    3,181      5.20       26,735     6.04      40,183      5.97
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
Fixed-rate:
 Federal agency .........................................      989      6.57           --       --         989      6.57
 Corporate debt .........................................       --        --        2,209     6.83       2,209      6.83
 CMOs ...................................................       --        --        1,737     7.35       1,737      7.35
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
  Total .................................................      989      6.57        3,946     7.06       4,935      6.96
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
Total investment securities available-for-sale ..........    4,170      5.52       30,681     6.17      45,118      6.08
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale:
 Adjustable-rate securities:
  FNMA ..................................................       --        --        9,536     5.31      10,086      5.35
  FHLMC .................................................       --        --        1,415     6.02       1,415      6.02
  GNMA ..................................................    1,132      5.07        1,251     5.98       2,383      5.55
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
   Total ................................................    1,132      5.07       12,202     5.46      13,884      5.45
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
  Fixed-rate:
  FNMA ..................................................    2,025      6.29        9,124     7.12      11,149      6.97
  FHLMC .................................................      366      6.57        3,368     6.08       3,734      6.13
  GNMA ..................................................       --        --          670     6.44         670      6.44
  REMICs ................................................       --        --        2,583     6.22       2,583      6.22
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
   Total ................................................    2,391      6.33       15,745     6.72      18,136      6.67
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
Total mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale .....    3,523      5.93       27,947     6.17      32,020      6.14
                                                           -------      ----     --------     ----     -------      ----
Total investments .......................................  $ 7,693      5.71%    $ 58,628     6.17%    $77,138      6.11%
                                                           =======      ====     ========     ====     =======      ====
</TABLE>



                                       30
<PAGE>

SOURCES OF FUNDS

     General.  Deposits,  loan repayments and prepayments,  cash flows generated
from operations, Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") advances and reverse repurchase
agreements  are the  primary  sources  of the bank's  funds for use in  lending,
investing and for other general purposes.

     Deposits.  Because the bank has aggressively marketed its deposit products,
expanded   its  branch   network  and  used   brokered   deposits  to  fund  its
mortgage-banking activities, total deposits increased to $112.1 million at March
31,  1999 from $76.3  million at  September  30,  1998,  an  increase of 46.92%.
Certificates of deposit increased $34.5 million, $3.0 million of which were from
brokered deposits. The bank offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of
interest rates and terms. The bank's deposits consist of checking, money market,
savings,  NOW, certificate accounts and Individual  Retirement Accounts.  Of the
funds  deposited in the bank,  80.18% are in certificate of deposit  accounts at
March 31, 1999. At March 31, 1999,  transaction-based  accounts  (savings,  NOW,
money  market and  noninterest  bearing  deposits)  represented  19.82% of total
deposits.

     The flow of  deposits  is  influenced  significantly  by  general  economic
conditions,  changes  in money  market  rates,  prevailing  interest  rates  and
competition.  The bank's deposits are obtained  predominantly  from the areas in
which its branch offices are located. The bank has historically relied primarily
on customer service and  long-standing  relationships  with customers to attract
and retain these deposits;  however,  market interest rates and rates offered by
competing  financial  institutions  significantly  affect the bank's  ability to
attract and retain deposits.  The bank uses traditional means of advertising its
deposit  products,  including print media. The bank also uses deposit brokers to
obtain deposits that are used primarily to fund the bank's  mortgage-banking and
investment   activities.   In  view  of  the   short-term   holding  period  for
loans-held-for-sale,  brokered  deposits are a cost effective  source of funding
for the bank's mortgage-banking activities.  Should loans-held-for-sale decline,
the  brokered  certificates  can easily be allowed to run-off  with no impact on
long-term customer relationships. At March 31, 1999, $78.7 million, or 87.54% of
the bank's certificate of deposit accounts were to mature within one year.

     The following table sets forth the  distribution and the rates paid on each
category of deposits.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                      PERCENT OF TOTAL   RATE
                                            BALANCE       DEPOSITS       PAID
                                          -----------   -----------   ----------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>           <C>           <C>
Savings accounts ......................    $    925          0.83%        3.00%
Now and money market accounts .........      17,633         15.73         4.70
Certificates of deposit ...............      89,877         80.18         5.23
Noninterest-bearing deposits:
 Demand deposits ......................       3,656          3.26           --
                                           --------        ------         ----
  Total deposits ......................    $112,091        100.00%        4.96%
                                           ========        ======         ====
</TABLE>

     The following table presents information  concerning the amounts, the rates
and the periods to maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  AT MARCH 31, 1999
                                               -----------------------
                                                 AMOUNT        RATE
                                               ----------   ----------
                                       .        (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                            <C>          <C>
BALANCES MATURING:
Three months or less .................          $25,220         5.17%
Three months to one year .............           53,505         5.26
One year to three years ..............           10,611         5.17
Over three years .....................              541         5.37
                                                -------         ----
 Total ...............................          $89,877         5.23%
                                                =======         ====
</TABLE>

                                       31
<PAGE>

     At March 31, 1999,  the bank had $34.5 million in  certificate  accounts in
amounts of $100,000 or more maturing as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         WEIGHTED
                                                         AVERAGE
            MATURITY PERIOD                 AMOUNT        RATE
          ------------------              ----------   ---------
                                          (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                       <C>          <C>
     Three months or less .............    $13,698        4.89%
     Over 3 through 6 months ..........      8,442        4.92
     Over 6 through 12 months .........      9,570        5.26
     Over 12 months ...................      2,744        5.25
                                           -------        ----
      Total ...........................    $34,454        5.03%
                                           =======        ====

</TABLE>

     Borrowings.  FHLB  advances  amounted  to $5.0  million at March 31, 1999 a
decrease  from the $22.0  million at September  30, 1998  primarily  because the
company had sufficient funds from the $35.8 million increase in deposit accounts
and the $24.0  million  reduction in mortgage  loans held for sale. At March 31,
1999 and September 30, 1998, borrowings consisted solely of FHLB advances.  FHLB
advances  are  used  to  arbitrage  both  the  investment  and   mortgage-backed
securities  portfolio and the mortgage banking  activities of the bank. The bank
utilizes  advances from the FHLB of Atlanta as an alternative to retail deposits
to fund its  operations as part of its operating  strategy.  These FHLB advances
are  collateralized  primarily by the bank's mortgage loans and  mortgage-backed
securities and secondarily by the bank's investment in capital stock of the FHLB
of  Atlanta.  FHLB  advances  are made  pursuant  to  several  different  credit
programs,  each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities.  The
maximum  amount that the FHLB of Atlanta  will  advance to member  institutions,
including the bank, fluctuates from time to time in accordance with the policies
of the FHLB of Atlanta.

     The  bank  also  enters  into  sales  of  securities  under  agreements  to
repurchase ("reverse repurchase agreements") with terms to maturity of less than
one year.  Fixed-coupon reverse repurchase agreements are treated as financings,
and the  obligations to repurchase  securities sold are reflected as a liability
in the  statements  of  financial  condition.  The dollar  amount of  securities
underlying  the  agreements  remains  in  the  asset  accounts.  The  securities
underlying the agreements are book-entry securities.  During the period in which
the  bank  borrowed  through  the  use of  reverse  repurchase  agreements,  the
securities were delivered by appropriate entry into the counterparties' accounts
maintained at the FHLB of Atlanta or in some cases with the securities  dealers.
Although  the  bank  borrowed  funds  through  the  use  of  reverse  repurchase
agreements  during the six months ended March 31, 1999, at the end of the period
the bank did not have any reverse repurchase agreements outstanding.  During the
six months ended March 31, 1999, all reverse repurchase  agreements  represented
agreements to repurchase the same securities.

     The bank is subject to the risk that its interest in the sold securities is
adequately  protected  in the event the  purchasing  securities  dealer fails to
perform its  obligations.  The bank attempts to reduce the effects of such risks
by entering into such agreements only with  well-capitalized  securities dealers
who are primary  dealers in  government  securities  and by limiting the maximum
amount of agreements outstanding at any time with any single securities dealer.



                                       32
<PAGE>

     The following  table sets forth  information  regarding the bank's borrowed
funds:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              AT OR FOR THE SIX
                                                                                 MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                MARCH 31, 1999
                                                                           -----------------------
                                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>
FHLB advances:
 Average balance outstanding ...........................................          $ 13,665
                                                                                  ========
 Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period .........          $  5,000
                                                                                  ========
 Balance outstanding at end of period ..................................          $  5,000
                                                                                  ========
 Weighted average interest rate during the period ......................              4.76%
                                                                                  ========
 Weighted average interest rate at end of period .......................              3.98%
                                                                                  ========
Reverse repurchase agreements:
 Average balance outstanding ...........................................          $  1,549
                                                                                  ========
 Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period .........          $     --
                                                                                  ========
 Balance outstanding at end of period ..................................          $     --
                                                                                  ========
 Weighted average interest rate during the period ......................              5.68%
                                                                                  ========
 Weighted average interest rate at end of period .......................                --%
                                                                                  =========

</TABLE>

            COMPARISON OF RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                   SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997

     Net  Income.  Net income  for the fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  1998
amounted to  $609,000  or $0.77 per share  compared to a net loss of $634,000 or
$1.92 per  share  for  fiscal  year  1997  that had been  incurred  prior to the
acquisition  of the bank by current  management.  The $1.2  million  increase in
fiscal 1998 net income was  primarily  due to an  increase  in  mortgage-banking
income which was partially  offset by the increase in noninterest  expense.  The
increase in noninterest  expense  reflects the bank's  continuing  expansion and
growth,   including   substantially   increased   compensation,   occupancy  and
promotional expenses.

     Net  Interest  Income.  The  following  table  presents a comparison of the
components of interest income and expense and net interest income.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                         30,                  DIFFERENCE
                                ---------------------   ----------------------
                                   1998        1997      AMOUNT         %
                                ---------   ---------   --------   -----------
                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                             <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Interest income:
 Loans ......................    $2,631      $2,253      $  378        16.78%
 Investments ................     1,380         141       1,239       878.72
                                 ------      ------      ------       ------
  Total .....................     4,011       2,394       1,617        67.54
                                 ------      ------      ------       ------
Interest expense:
 Deposits ...................     2,163       1,135       1,028        90.57
 Borrowings .................       400         156         244       156.41
                                 ------      ------      ------       ------
  Total .....................     2,563       1,291       1,272        98.53
                                 ------      ------      ------       ------
Net interest income .........    $1,448      $1,103      $  345        31.28%
                                 ======      ======      ======       ======
</TABLE>

     Our growth in net  interest  income was due  primarily  to the  increase in
average  interest-earning  assets  resulting  from  the  bank's  planned  growth
strategy in 1998.  Although  average  interest-earning  assets  increased  $27.6
million or 104.57%  during  fiscal 1998,  a decline in the net  interest  margin
limited the increase in net interest income.  The decline in net interest margin
of  150  basis  points  resulted  from  a  significant  increase  in  investment
securities  at a yield lower than could have been obtained if the funds had been
invested in loans.


                                       33
<PAGE>

     Interest income increased for fiscal year 1998, compared to 1997, primarily
as a result  of an  increase  in the  average  outstanding  balances  of  loans,
investment  securities and mortgage-backed  securities coupled with increases in
the yields on the investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios resulting
in large measure from the planned leveraging of the bank's capital. The increase
in interest income on the loan portfolio for fiscal 1998 when compared to fiscal
1997 resulted  primarily from an increase of $6.1 million in the average balance
of loans. This increase was coupled with an increase in interest income from the
investment and mortgage-backed securities portfolios due to an increase of $21.5
million in the average balances of such securities.

     Interest  expense on deposits and borrowed  funds  increased for the fiscal
year 1998, compared to 1997,  principally as a result of a significant  increase
in total  deposits and borrowed  funds and to a lesser extent an increase in the
average  cost of  deposits.  The  increase in interest  expense on deposits  was
primarily due to an increase in the average  balance of certificates of deposit.
Average  certificates of deposit increased $17.1 million,  or 97.44%, from $17.6
million  for the year ended  September  30,  1997 to $34.7  million for the year
ended  September 30, 1998,  while the average rate paid thereon  decreased  from
5.71% for the year ended  September 30, 1997 to 5.66% for 1998. The average rate
paid for deposits  increased from 5.33% for fiscal 1997 to 5.42% for fiscal 1998
and was coupled  with an increase  of $18.6  million in the average  outstanding
balance.  The combined  average cost of deposits  and  borrowings  was 5.33% for
fiscal 1998 compared to 5.42% for fiscal 1997.

     Comparative  Average Balances and Interest Income  Analysis.  The following
table  presents  the  total  dollar  amount  of  interest  income  from  average
interest-earning  assets  and the  resultant  yields,  as  well as the  interest
expense on average interest-bearing  liabilities,  expressed both in dollars and
rates.  No  tax-equivalent  adjustments  were made and all average  balances are
average daily  balances.  Nonaccruing  loans have been included in the tables as
loans carrying a zero yield.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1998                           1997
                                                  ------------------------------ -------------------------------
                                                             INTEREST   AVERAGE             INTEREST    AVERAGE
                                                   AVERAGE    INCOME/    YIELD/   AVERAGE    INCOME/    YIELD/
                                                   BALANCE    EXPENSE     RATE    BALANCE    EXPENSE     RATE
                                                  --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------- ----------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                               <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
 Real estate loans ..............................  $29,079    $2,513      8.64%   $21,635    $2,070       9.57%
 Consumer loans .................................      717        66      9.21      1,104        93       8.42
 Commercial business loans ......................      577        52      9.01      1,509        90       5.96
                                                   -------    ------      ----    -------    ------       ----
  Total loans ...................................   30,373     2,631      8.66     24,248     2,253       9.29
 Investment securities ..........................   15,300       901      5.89      2,154       141       6.55
 Mortgage-backed securities .....................    8,337       479      5.75         --        --         --
                                                   -------    ------      ----    -------    ------       ----
  Total interest-earning assets .................   54,010     4,011      7.43     26,402     2,394       9.07
                                                              ------      ----               ------       ----
Non-earning assets ..............................    2,396                          1,673
                                                   -------                        -------
  Total assets ..................................  $56,406                        $28,075
                                                   =======                        =======
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing liabilities:
 Savings accounts ...............................  $   844    $   30      3.55%   $   772    $   28       3.63%
 Now and money market accounts ..................    4,352       168      3.86      2,977       103       3.46
 Certificates of deposit ........................   34,719     1,965      5.66     17,585     1,004       5.71
                                                   -------    ------      ----    -------    ------       ----
  Total deposits ................................   39,915     2,163      5.42     21,334     1,135       5.32
 FHLB advances ..................................    5,358       286      5.34      2,867       156       5.44
 Other borrowings ...............................    2,015       114      5.66         --        --         --
                                                   -------    ------      ----    -------    ------       ----
   Total interest-bearing liabilities ...........   47,288     2,563      5.42     24,201     1,291       5.33
                                                              ------      ----               ------       ----
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
 Noninterest-bearing demand deposits ............    2,153                          1,716
 Other liabilities ..............................    1,043                            191
                                                   -------                        -------
  Total liabilities .............................   50,484                         26,108
Stockholders' equity ............................    5,922                          1,967
                                                   -------                        -------
 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity .....  $56,406                        $28,075
                                                   =======                        =======
Net interest income .............................             $1,448                         $1,103
                                                              ======                         ======
Interest rate spread ............................                         2.01%                           3.74%
                                                                          ====                            ====
Net interest margin .............................                         2.68%                           4.18%
                                                                          ====                            ====
</TABLE>

                                       34
<PAGE>

     Rate/Volume  Analysis.  The following  table presents  certain  information
regarding  changes in  interest  income and  interest  expense  attributable  to
changes in interest rates and changes in volume of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities for the periods indicated.  The change in interest
attributable  to both rate and volume has been  allocated to the changes in rate
and volume on a pro rata basis.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                             1998 V. 1997
                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                        CHANGE ATTRIBUTABLE TO
                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                  VOLUME          RATE          TOTAL
                                                ----------   -------------   ----------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>             <C>
Real estate loans ...........................     $  712        $ (269)        $  443
Consumer loans ..............................        (33)            6            (27)
Commercial business loans ...................        (55)           17            (38)
                                                  ------        ------         ------
 Total loans ................................        624          (246)           378
Investment securities .......................        861          (101)           760
Mortgage-backed securities ..................         --           479            479
                                                  ------        ------         ------
 Total interest-earning assets ..............     $1,485        $  132         $1,617
                                                  ======        ======         ======
Savings accounts ............................     $    3        $   (1)        $    2
Now and money market accounts ...............         48            17             65
Certificates of deposit .....................        978           (17)           961
                                                  ------        --------       ------
 Total deposits .............................      1,029            (1)         1,028
                                                  ------        ---------      ------
FHLB advances ...............................        135            (5)           130
Other borrowings ............................         --           114            114
                                                  ------        --------       ------
 Total interest-bearing liabilities .........     $1,164        $  108         $1,272
                                                  ======        ========       ======
Change in net interest income ...............     $  321        $   24         $  345
                                                  ======        ========       ======
</TABLE>

     Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses decreased $328,000
from $487,000  provided  during fiscal 1997 to $159,000  provided  during fiscal
1998.  The reduction in the  provision in fiscal 1998 is directly  related to an
improvement  in credit  quality over that time period  coupled with a decline in
non-performing loans.  Charge-offs increased to $362,000 during fiscal year 1998
from $140,000  during fiscal year 1997 as new management  took a more aggressive
posture on assessing collectability in classifying loans.

     Noninterest  Income.  The  following  table  presents  a  comparison of the
components of noninterest income.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEARS ENDED
                                           SEPTEMBER 30,               DIFFERENCE
                                       ---------------------   --------------------------
                                          1998        1997        AMOUNT           %
                                       ---------   ---------   ------------   -----------
                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
Noninterest income:
 Gain on sale of loans .............    $5,774      $3,261        $2,513          77.06%
 Service fees on loans .............       412         231           181          78.35
 Service fees on deposits ..........        25          26            (1)         (3.85)
 Other operating income ............        58          10            48         480.00
                                        ------      ------        -------        ------
  Total noninterest income .........    $6,269      $3,528        $2,741          77.69%
                                        ======      ======        =======        ======

</TABLE>

     Noninterest  income  increased  during the fiscal year ended  September 30,
1998,  compared to fiscal year 1997,  primarily  as a result of the  increase in
gain on sale of loans  coupled with the increase in service fees on loans,  both
of which  related to an  increased  volume of loan  originations  and sales as a
result of the company's  mortgage banking  activities.  The significant level of
gains during fiscal 1998


                                       35
<PAGE>

resulted from the company taking  advantage of record loan  origination  volumes
resulting from home loan  refinancing and a declining  interest rate environment
which enabled the company to sell loans at a gain.

     During fiscal 1998, the company originated $272.7 million in mortgage loans
compared with $146.8 million  originated  during fiscal 1997. The $125.9 million
increase in loan originations was largely  attributable to decreases in interest
rates and an increase in home  mortgage  refinancing.  During  fiscal year 1998,
substantially  all loans  originated  were sold in the  secondary  market,  with
servicing  released.  Loan  sales in fiscal  1998  amounted  to  $243.0  million
compared to sales of $136.8 million during fiscal 1997.  Sales of loans resulted
in gains of $5.8  million and $3.3  million for the fiscal year ended  September
30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.  The ability to generate gains from the sale of
loans  should  continue in the future;  however,  the level of future gains will
depend upon the dollar amount of loans sold and economic conditions.

     Noninterest  Expense.  The  following  table  presents  a comparison of the
components of noninterest expense.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEARS ENDED
                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,               DIFFERENCE
                                                ---------------------   ---------------------------
                                                   1998        1997        AMOUNT           %
                                                ---------   ---------   -----------   -------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>
Noninterest expense:
 Compensation and employee benefits .........    $3,748      $2,996       $ 752             25.10%
 Occupancy ..................................       498         325         173             53.23
 Professional services ......................       193         130          63             48.46
 Advertising ................................       568          37         531          1,435.14
 Deposit insurance premium ..................        95          98          (3)            (3.06)
 Furniture, fixtures and equipment ..........       203         160          43             26.88
 Data processing ............................       132          91          41             45.05
 Loss from foreclosed real estate ...........        34         241        (207)           (85.89)
 Other operating expense ....................     1,166         699         467             66.81
                                                 ------      ------       -------        --------
  Total noninterest expense .................    $6,637      $4,777      $1,860             38.94%
                                                 ======      ======       =======        ========

</TABLE>

     Noninterest  expense  increased  to $6.6  million in fiscal  1998 from $4.8
million in fiscal 1997.  Compensation and employee  benefits  expense  comprised
56.47% of total noninterest expense in the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998,
compared  to 62.72% in fiscal  year 1997.  Compensation  and  employee  benefits
increased  between  fiscal  1997 and fiscal  1998  mainly  because of  increased
staffing of the branch network,  the hiring of additional  administrative  staff
and an increase in commissions to loan officers due to increased loan production
and the related employee benefit cost associated with increases in compensation.
Net  occupancy  expenses  increased  from  fiscal  1997 to  fiscal  1998  due to
expansion  of the  branch  network  which  increased  from  two  branches  as of
September  30,  1997 to four  branches as of  September  30, 1998 as well as the
acquisition of additional administrative space to handle the current and planned
growth  of  the  bank  and  Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage.  Professional  services
increased  from  fiscal  1997 to fiscal  1998 due to the  growth  of the  branch
network.  Advertising  expense  increased  from  fiscal  1997  to  fiscal  1998,
reflecting the company's  increased  marketing  efforts relating to both deposit
and loan products.  Other expenses increased in the fiscal year 1998 compared to
fiscal  1997 due  primarily  to the cost  associated  with the branch  expansion
program and the increase in loan originations and sales related to the company's
mortgage banking activities.


     Income Taxes.  The company files a  consolidated  federal income tax return
with its  subsidiaries  and  computes  its income tax  provision or benefit on a
consolidated  basis.  The income tax  provision in fiscal year 1998  amounted to
$311,000  compared to no provision  in fiscal year 1997 due to operating  losses
incurred during the year.


     We  recorded  a  deferred  tax  asset  of  $1,545,000,  net of a  valuation
allowance  of  $548,000  at  September  30,  1998.  During the fiscal year ended
September 30, 1998 the company increased its


                                       36
<PAGE>

deferred  tax  asset  by  $662,000  by  reducing  goodwill  associated  with the
acquisition  of the bank.  Based on past  operating  performance  under  current
management, we believe that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax
asset recorded will be realized.

     At September 30, 1998 the company had net operating loss  carryforwards for
federal income tax purposes of approximately $1.7 million which are available to
offset future federal taxable income,  if any,  through 2011. As a result of the
change in ownership of the bank, the amount of any tax loss  carryforward  usage
is restricted to an annual limitation of approximately $114,000.


                                       37
<PAGE>

            COMPARISON OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                            AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1997


GENERAL

     At September  30, 1998 the  company's  total assets were $107.3  million as
compared to $31.6 million at September 30, 1997,  which  represented an increase
of  239.6%.   The  bank's   overall  asset  size  and  customer  base  increased
significantly  during  fiscal  year  1998 and this  growth is  reflected  in the
consolidated  statements of financial  condition and  statements of  operations.
Stockholders' equity increased  significantly by $5.3 million, or 335.9%, during
fiscal 1998 as composed to fiscal 1997.  The  increase is  primarily  due to the
acquisition  and  recapitalization  of the bank in October 1997 and, to a lesser
extent, the net income recognized by the company during fiscal 1998.


LENDING ACTIVITIES

     General.  Net loans receivable at September 30, 1998 were $25.5 million, an
increase of $6.6 million or 34.9% from the $18.9  million held at September  30,
1997. In the year ended  September 30, 1997,  loan  repayments  and  prepayments
approximately  equaled loan originations,  resulting in a modest decrease in the
bank's total loans, net. However, in the year ended September 30, 1998, the bank
increased loan originations, primarily of one- to four-family real estate loans.
This increase was  attributable  in significant  part to  refinancings  due to a
favorable  interest rate environment and a greater  acceptability by the bank to
refinancing  its own loans.  Loans held for sale  amounted  to $25.3  million at
September 30, 1998, compared to $10.0 million at September 30, 1997, an increase
of $15.3 million.  The increase in loans held for sale reflects expansion of the
mortgage-banking activities of the bank resulting from the recapitalization that
occurred when the company acquired the bank.

     The  following  table sets forth the bank's  loan  originations,  sales and
principal repayments for the periods indicated:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                 -----------------------------
                                                                      1998            1997
                                                                 -------------   -------------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                              <C>             <C>
Total loans at beginning of period (1) .......................    $   32,520      $   30,780
                                                                  ----------      ----------
Originations of loans for investment:
 Single-family residential ...................................        11,463           1,272
 Multi-family residential ....................................            --              --
 Commercial real estate ......................................           458             180
 Construction ................................................         5,352           6,526
 Land loans ..................................................         1,705              --
 Second trust ................................................           560             431
 Commercial business .........................................           480             111
 Consumer ....................................................            93             117
                                                                  ----------      ----------
  Total originations for investment ..........................        20,111           8,637
Loans originated for resale by Greater Atlantic Mortgage .....       252,603         138,203
                                                                  ----------      ----------
Total originations ...........................................       272,714         146,840
Repayments ...................................................       (14,400)        (11,537)
Sale of loans originated for resale by Greater Atlantic
 Mortgage ....................................................      (237,228)       (133,563)
                                                                  ----------      ----------
Net activity in loans ........................................        21,086           1,740
                                                                  ----------      ----------
Total loans at end of period .................................    $   53,606      $   32,520
                                                                  ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Includes  loans held for sale of $10.0 million and $6.2 million at September
    30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

                                       38
<PAGE>

     Loan  Portfolio.  The  following  table  sets  forth the composition of the
bank's  loan portfolio in dollar amounts and as a percentage of the portfolio at
the dates indicated.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                             ---------------------------------------------------
                                                       1998                       1997
                                             ------------------------   ------------------------
                                                              % OF                       % OF
                                                             TOTAL                      TOTAL
                                               AMOUNT        LOANS        AMOUNT        LOANS
                                             ----------   -----------   ----------   -----------
                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Mortgage loans:
 Single-family(1) ........................    $ 17,198        60.48%     $  8,778        38.96%
 Multi-family ............................       1,189         4.18         1,653         7.34
 Construction ............................       5,520        19.41         6,795        30.16
 Commercial real estate ..................       2,246         7.90         2,555        11.34
 Land ....................................         723         2.54         1,177         5.22
                                              --------       ------      --------       ------
  Total mortgage loans ...................      26,876        94.51        20,958        93.02
                                              --------       ------      --------       ------
Commercial business and consumer loans:
 Commercial business .....................         814         2.86           795         3.53
 Consumer:
   Home equity ...........................         542         1.91           532         2.36
   Automobile ............................          99         0.35           192         0.85
   Other .................................         105         0.37            54         0.24
                                              --------       ------      --------       ------
    Total commercial business and consumer
      loans ..............................       1,560         5.49         1,573         6.98
                                              --------       ------      --------       ------
    Total loans ..........................      28,436       100.00%       22,531       100.00%
                                                             ======                     ======
Less:
 Allowance for loan losses ...............        (578)                      (776)
 Loans in process ........................      (2,276)                    (2,750)
 Unearned premium (discounts) ............         (72)                      (150)
                                              --------                   --------
    Loans receivable, net ................    $ 25,510                   $ 18,855
                                              ========                   ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)  Includes  loans  secured  by  second  trusts on  single-family  residential
 property.


     Loan Maturity. The following table shows the remaining contractual maturity
of the bank's total loans at September 30, 1998.  The table does not include the
effect of future principal prepayments.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         MULTI-       COMMERCIAL
                                                       ONE- TO         FAMILY AND      BUSINESS
                                                        FOUR-          COMMERCIAL        AND          TOTAL
                                                    FAMILY (1)(2)     REAL ESTATE      CONSUMER       LOANS
                                                   ---------------   -------------   -----------   ----------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>               <C>             <C>           <C>
Amounts due in:
 One year or less ..............................       $ 8,819           $3,373         $1,353      $13,545
 After one year:
   More than one year to three years ...........         7,721              143             48        7,912
   More than three years to five years .........           721               --             49          770
   More than five years to 10 years ............           652               --             --          652
   More than 10 years to 15 years ..............         1,127               29             --        1,156
   More than 15 years ..........................         2,124               --             --        2,124
                                                       -------           ------         ------      -------
    Total amount due ...........................       $21,164           $3,545         $1,450      $26,159
                                                       =======           ======         ======      =======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Net of loans in process of $2.3 million.

(2) Includes construction loans and land loans.

                                       39
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth, at September 30, 1998, the dollar amount of
loans  contractually  due after  September 30, 1999, and whether such loans have
fixed interest rates or adjustable  interest  rates.  At September 30, 1998, the
bank  did not  have  any  construction,  acquisition  and  development,  land or
commercial business loans contractually due after September 30, 1999.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               DUE AFTER SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                         --------------------------------------
                                            FIXED      ADJUSTABLE       TOTAL
                                         ----------   ------------   ----------
                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>            <C>
Real estate loans:
 One- to four-family .................    $11,281        $1,064       $12,345
 Multi-family and commercial .........         29           143           172
                                          -------        ------       -------
  Total real estate loans ............     11,310         1,207        12,517
 Consumer loans ......................         97            --            97
                                          -------        ------       -------
   Total loans .......................    $11,407        $1,207       $12,614
                                          =======        ======       =======
</TABLE>

     Non-Performing  Assets  and  Impaired Loans. The following table sets forth
information regarding non-accrual loans and REO.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                       -----------------------
                                                                          1998         1997
                                                                       ----------   ----------
                                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                    <C>          <C>
Mortgage loans:
 Single-family .....................................................    $    37      $   154
 Multi-family ......................................................        193          348
 Construction ......................................................         --           --
 Commercial real estate ............................................         --           --
 Land ..............................................................         --           --
Commercial business ................................................         --          150
Consumer ...........................................................         --           13
                                                                        -------      -------
Total non-accrual loans ............................................        230          665
REO ................................................................         90          202
                                                                        -------      -------
Total non-performing assets ........................................    $   320      $   867
                                                                        =======      =======
Non-performing loans to total loans held for investment ............       0.81%        2.95%
                                                                        =======      =======
Total non-performing assets to total assets, at period end .........       0.30%        2.75%
                                                                        =======      =======
</TABLE>

     Allowance  for  Loan Losses. The following table sets forth activity in the
bank's allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                              -------------------------
                                                                  1998          1997
                                                              -----------   -----------
                                                               (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>
Balance at beginning of period ............................    $    776      $    429
Provisions ................................................         159           487
                                                               --------      --------
Charge-offs:
 Mortgage loans:
   Single-family ..........................................           4            --
   Multi-family ...........................................         155            --
 Commercial business ......................................         171            96
 Consumer .................................................          32            44
                                                               --------      --------
Total charge-offs .........................................         362           140
Total recoveries ..........................................           5            --
                                                               --------      --------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries ..............................        (357)         (140)
                                                               --------      --------
Balance at end of period ..................................    $    578      $    776
                                                               ========      ========
Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to average loans
 outstanding during the period ............................        1.18%         0.58%
                                                               ========      ========
Allowance for loan losses to total non-performing loans at
 end of period ............................................      251.30%       116.69%
                                                               ========      ========
Allowance for loan losses to total loans ..................        2.03%         3.44%
                                                               ========      ========
</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the bank's allowance for loan losses in each
of the  categories  listed at the dates  indicated  and the  percentage  of such
amounts  to the total  allowance  and the  percentage  of such  amounts to total
loans.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1998                            1997
                                   ------------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                  PERCENT OF                      PERCENT OF
                                            ----------------------          ----------------------
                                               TOTAL       TOTAL               TOTAL       TOTAL
                                    AMOUNT   ALLOWANCE     LOANS    AMOUNT   ALLOWANCE     LOANS
                                   -------- ----------- ---------- -------- ----------- ----------
                                                       (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>
MORTGAGE LOANS:
 Single-family ...................   $ 47        8.13%      0.17%    $ 46        5.93%      0.20%
 Multi-family ....................    129       22.32       0.45      225       29.00       1.00
 Construction ....................     57        9.86       0.20       70        9.02       0.31
 Commercial real estate ..........     53        9.17       0.19       59        7.60       0.26
 Land ............................     21        3.63       0.07       33        4.25       0.15
                                     ----      ------       ----     ----      ------       ----
  Total mortgage loans ...........    307       53.11       1.08      433       55.80       1.92
                                     ----      ------       ----     ----      ------       ----
COMMERCIAL AND CONSUMER:
 Commercial ......................     28        4.85       0.10      233       30.02       1.04
 Consumer:
   Home equity ...................     44        7.61       0.15       73        9.40       0.32
   Automobile ....................      6        1.04       0.02       12        1.55       0.05
   Other .........................     81       14.01       0.29        4        0.52       0.02
                                     ----      ------       ----     ----      ------       ----
    Total commercial and consumer     159       27.51       0.56      322       41.49       1.43
                                     ----      ------       ----     ----      ------       ----
Unallocated ......................    112       19.38       0.39       21        2.71       0.09
                                     ----      ------       ----     ----      ------       ----
Total ............................   $578      100.00%      2.03%    $776      100.00%      3.44%
                                     ====      ======       ====     ====      ======       ====
</TABLE>

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

     Investments and mortgage-backed  securities  increased from $1.0 million at
September  30, 1997 to $51.4 million at September  30, 1998.  Substantially  all
securities  held by the company were  classified  as available for sale and were
used to leverage the bank's capital while new consumer and  commercial  products
were  developed  and  marketed.  The  company at times has held  securities  for
trading.  They are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling in the
near term,  generally  within 90 days. At September  30, 1998,  the company held
$241,000 of  securities  for  trading  purposes  consisting  of  corporate  debt
securities.


                                       41
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth information regarding the amortized cost and
estimated  market  value  of the  bank's  investment  securities  at  the  dates
indicated.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30
                                           ----------------------------------------------------
                                                     1998                        1997
                                           -------------------------   ------------------------
                                                          ESTIMATED                   ESTIMATED
                                            AMORTIZED       MARKET      AMORTIZED      MARKET
                                               COST         VALUE          COST         VALUE
                                           -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
 Federal agency ........................     $ 9,565       $ 9,574        $   --       $   --
 U.S. Government .......................      22,561        22,638            --           --
                                             -------       -------        ------       ------
  Total available for sale .............      32,126        32,212            --           --
HELD-TO-MATURITY .......................          --            --         1,005        1,005
                                             -------       -------        ------       ------
   Total ...............................     $32,126       $32,212        $1,005
  $1,005
                                             =======       =======        ======       ======
INVESTMENT SECURITIES WITH:
 Fixed rates ...........................     $ 9,565       $ 9,574        $1,005       $1,005
 Adjustable rates ......................      22,561        22,638            --           --
                                             -------       -------        ------       ------
  Total ................................     $32,126       $32,212        $1,005       $1,005
                                             =======       =======        ======       ======
HELD FOR TRADING SECURITIES(1) .........     $   247       $   241        $   --       $   --
                                             =======       =======        ======       ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Consists of corporate debt securities.


     The following table sets forth information regarding the amortized cost and
estimated market value of the bank's mortgage-backed  securities for the periods
indicated.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                   ----------------------------------------------------
                                             1998                        1997
                                   -------------------------   ------------------------
                                                  ESTIMATED                   ESTIMATED
                                    AMORTIZED       MARKET      AMORTIZED      MARKET
                                       COST         VALUE          COST         VALUE
                                   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
AVAILABLE FOR SALE:
REMICS .........................     $ 2,559       $ 2,601         $ --         $ --
FHLMC ..........................       1,563         1,561           --           --
FNMA ...........................      11,027        11,081           --           --
GNMA ...........................       3,723         3,716           --           --
                                     -------       -------         ----         ----
 Total .........................     $18,872       $18,959         $ --         $ --
                                     =======       =======         ====         ====
MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES WITH:
 Fixed rates ...................     $ 9,566       $ 9,678         $ --         $ --
 Adjustable rates ..............       9,306         9,281           --           --
                                     -------       -------         ----         ----
  Total ........................     $18,872       $18,959         $ --         $ --
                                     =======       =======         ====         ====
</TABLE>

SOURCES OF FUNDS

     Deposits.  Because the bank has aggressively marketed its deposit products,
expanded   its  branch   network  and  used   brokered   deposits  to  fund  its
mortgage-banking  activities,  total  deposits  increased  to $76.3  million  at
September  30, 1998 from $28.4  million at September  30,  1997,  an increase of
168.92%.  Certificates  of deposit  accounted  for the  largest  portion of this
increase, up $38.7 million, of which $13.9 million were from brokered deposits.



                                       42
<PAGE>

     The following table sets forth the  distribution and the rates paid on each
category of deposits.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1998                                  1997
                                          -----------------------------------   -----------------------------------
                                                        PERCENT                               PERCENT
                                                       OF TOTAL       RATE                   OF TOTAL       RATE
                                           BALANCE     DEPOSITS       PAID       BALANCE     DEPOSITS       PAID
                                          ---------   ----------   ----------   ---------   ----------   ----------
                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                       <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>
Savings accounts ......................    $   703        0.92%        3.00%     $   678        2.39%        3.00%
Now and money market accounts .........      6,761        8.86         4.53        2,789        9.83         3.35
Certificates of deposit ...............     55,422       72.63         5.58       16,710       58.89         5.67
Noninterest-bearing deposits:
Demand deposits .......................     13,425       17.59           --        8,200       28.89           --
                                           -------      ------         ----      -------      ------         ----
 Total deposits .......................    $76,311      100.00%        4.48%     $28,377      100.00%        3.74%
                                           =======      ======         ====      =======      ======         ====
</TABLE>

     The  following  table  presents the amounts,  the yields and the periods to
maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at September 30, 1998 and 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        AT SEPTEMBER 30,          AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              1998                      1997
                                     -----------------------   -----------------------
                                       AMOUNT        RATE        AMOUNT        RATE
                                     ----------   ----------   ----------   ----------
                                                 (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
BALANCES MATURING:
Three months or less .............    $19,951         5.49%     $ 6,368         5.77%
Three months to one year .........     29,557         5.61        9,619         5.61
One year to three years ..........      5,735         5.67          658         5.69
Over three years .................        179         5.77           65         5.33
                                      -------         ----      -------         ----
 Total ...........................    $55,422         5.58%     $16,710         5.67%
                                      =======         ====      =======         ====
</TABLE>

     Borrowings.  Borrowings  amounted to $22.0 million at September 30, 1998 an
increase  from the $1.3 million at September  30, 1997.  Borrowings  are used to
arbitrage  both the  investment  securities  portfolio and the mortgage  banking
activities of the company. At September 30, 1998 and 1997,  borrowings consisted
solely of FHLB advances.

     The following  table sets forth  information  regarding the bank's borrowed
funds at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              AT OR FOR THE YEARS
                                                                                     ENDED
                                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           --------------------------
                                                                               1998           1997
                                                                           ------------   -----------
                                                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>
FHLB ADVANCES:
 Average balance outstanding ...........................................     $  5,358       $ 2,867
                                                                             ========       =======
 Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period .........     $ 22,000       $ 2,600
                                                                             ========       =======
 Balance outstanding at end of period ..................................     $ 22,000       $ 1,250
                                                                             ========       =======
 Weighted average interest rate during the period ......................         5.34%         5.44%
                                                                             ========       =======
 Weighted average interest rate at end of period .......................         6.00%         6.55%
                                                                             ========       =======
REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS:
 Average balance outstanding ...........................................     $  2,015       $    --
                                                                             ========       =======
 Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period .........     $  3,971       $    --
                                                                             ========       =======
 Balance outstanding at end of period ..................................     $     --       $    --
                                                                             ========       =======
 Weighted average interest rate during the period ......................         5.66%           --%
                                                                             ========       ========
 Weighted average interest rate at end of period .......................           --%           --%
                                                                             =========      ========
</TABLE>

                                       43
<PAGE>

ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT

     The primary objective of asset/liability management is to ensure the steady
growth of the company's primary earnings component,  net interest income and the
maintenance of reasonable levels of capital independent of fluctuating  interest
rates.   Interest  rate  risk  can  be  defined  as  the   vulnerability  of  an
institution's  financial  condition and/or results of operations to movements in
interest rates. Interest rate risk, or sensitivity,  arises when the maturity or
repricing  characteristics  of assets differ  significantly from the maturity or
repricing characteristics of liabilities.  Management endeavors to structure the
balance  sheet  so that  repricing  opportunities  exist  for  both  assets  and
liabilities  in  roughly  equivalent  amounts  at  approximately  the same  time
intervals to maintain interest rate risk at an acceptable level.


     Management  oversees  the  asset/liability  management  function  and meets
periodically  to monitor and manage the structure of the balance sheet,  control
interest rate exposure,  and evaluate  pricing  strategies for the company.  The
asset mix of the  balance  sheet is  continually  evaluated  in terms of several
variables:  yield,  credit quality,  appropriate  funding sources and liquidity.
Management  of the  liability  mix of the balance sheet focuses on expanding the
company's various funding sources.  At times,  depending on the level of general
interest rates,  the relationship  between long- and short-term  interest rates,
market  conditions  and  competitive  factors,  we may determine to increase our
interest  rate risk  position in order to increase our net interest  margin.  We
monitor interest rate risk and adjust the composition of interest-related assets
and  liabilities  in order to limit our  exposure to changes in interest  income
over time.


     We manage our exposure to interest rates by  structuring  the balance sheet
in the ordinary course of business. We currently emphasize adjustable rate loans
and/or  loans  that  mature  in a  relatively  short  period  when  compared  to
single-family residential loans. In addition, to the extent possible, we attempt
to attract  longer-term  deposits.  We have not entered into instruments such as
leveraged  derivatives,  structured notes,  interest rate swaps,  caps,  floors,
financial options, financial futures contracts or forward delivery contracts for
the purpose of reducing interest rate risk.


     One of the ways we monitor interest rate risk is through an analysis of the
relationship between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities to
measure  the  impact  that  future  changes in  interest  rates will have on net
interest  income.  An interest  rate  sensitive  asset or liability is one that,
within a defined time period,  either  matures or  experiences  an interest rate
change in line with general market  interest  rates.  The management of interest
rate risk is  performed by analyzing  the maturity and  repricing  relationships
between  interest-earning  assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities at specific
points in time ("GAP") and by analyzing  the effects of interest rate changes on
net interest income over specific  periods of time by projecting the performance
of the mix of assets  and  liabilities  in varied  interest  rate  environments.
Interest rate  sensitivity  reflects the potential effect on net interest income
of a movement in interest rates. A company is considered to be asset  sensitive,
or to have a  positive  GAP,  when the  amount  of its  interest-earning  assets
maturing  or  repricing  within  a  given  period  exceeds  the  amount  of  its
interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period.
Conversely,  a company is  considered  to be liability  sensitive,  or to have a
negative GAP, when the amount of its  interest-bearing  liabilities  maturing or
repricing  within a given  period  exceeds  the  amount of its  interest-earning
assets also  maturing or repricing  within that time period.  During a period of
rising  interest  rates,  a negative GAP tends to affect  adversely net interest
income,  while a positive  GAP tends to result in an  increase  in net  interest
income.  During a period of falling  interest  rates,  a  negative  GAP tends to
result in an  increase in net  interest  income,  while a positive  GAP tends to
affect net interest income adversely.


     The table below  illustrates  the  maturities or repricing of the company's
assets  and  liabilities,  including  noninterest-bearing  sources  of  funds to
specific  periods  at March  31,  1999.  Estimates  and  assumptions  concerning
prepayment  rates of major asset  categories are based on  information  obtained
from the FHLB of Atlanta on projected  prepayment levels on mortgage-backed  and
related securities and decay rates on savings, now and money market accounts. We
believe that such information is consistent with our current experience.


                                       44
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        90 DAYS    91 DAYS TO   181 DAYS TO
    MATURING OR REPRICING PERIODS       OR LESS     180 DAYS      ONE YEAR
- ------------------------------------ ------------ ------------ -------------
                                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Loans:
 Adjustable and balloon ............   $  5,821     $ 10,279     $    338
 Fixed-rate (1) ....................      1,743          161          312
 Second mortgages(2) ...............        367           50           93
 Commercial business ...............      1,690           --           --
 Consumer ..........................      4,126           17           30
Investment securities ..............     46,921           --           --
Mortgage-backed securities .........      1,467        4,669        6,776
                                       --------     --------     --------
  Total ............................     62,135       15,176        7,549
                                       --------     --------     --------
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
 Savings accounts ..................         42           40           75
 Now accounts ......................        180          160          271
 Money market accounts .............      5,233        3,542        4,021
 Certificates of deposit ...........     25,220       18,692       34,813
Borrowings:
 FHLB advances .....................      5,000           --           --
 Other borrowings ..................         --           --           --
                                       --------     --------     --------
  Total ............................     35,675       22,434       39,180
                                       --------     --------     --------
GAP ................................   $ 26,460     $ (7,258)    $(31,631)
                                       ========     ========     ========
Cumulative GAP .....................   $ 26,460     $ 19,202     $(12,429)
                                       ========     ========     ========
Ratio of cumulative GAP to total
 assets ............................      21.02%       15.25%       (9.87)%
                                       ========     ========     ========



<CAPTION>
                                      ONE YEAR TO   THREE YEARS TO   FIVE YEARS
    MATURING OR REPRICING PERIODS     THREE YEARS     FIVE YEARS       OR MORE      TOTAL
- ------------------------------------ ------------- ---------------- ------------ -----------
                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Loans:
 Adjustable and balloon ............   $  1,633       $     946       $    149    $ 19,166
 Fixed-rate (1) ....................      1,076             846          2,131       6,269
 Second mortgages(2) ...............        294             199            295       1,298
 Commercial business ...............         --             370             --       2,060
 Consumer ..........................         65              --             --       4,238
Investment securities ..............         --              --          4,840      51,761
Mortgage-backed securities .........      5,739           4,600          8,129      31,380
                                       --------       ---------       --------    --------
  Total ............................      8,807           6,961         15,544     116,172
                                       --------       ---------       --------    --------
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Deposits:
 Savings accounts ..................        239             156            373         925
 Now accounts ......................        560             150            332       1,653
 Money market accounts .............      1,782             848            554      15,980
 Certificates of deposit ...........     10,611             541             --      89,877
Borrowings:
 FHLB advances .....................         --              --             --       5,000
 Other borrowings ..................         --              --             --          --
                                       --------       ---------       --------    --------
  Total ............................     13,192           1,695          1,259     113,435
                                       --------       ---------       --------    --------
GAP ................................   $ (4,385)      $   5,266       $ 14,285    $  2,737
                                       ========       =========       ========    ========
Cumulative GAP .....................   $(16,814)      $ (11,548)      $  2,737
                                       ========       =========       ========
Ratio of cumulative GAP to total
 assets ............................     (13.36)%         (9.17)%         2.17%
                                       ========       =========       ========
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Includes  $783,000  of  loans held for sale in the 90 days or less repricing
    period.


(2) Includes  $314,000  of  loans held for sale in the 90 days or less repricing
    period.


     As indicated in the  interest  rate  sensitivity  table,  the  twelve-month
cumulative  gap,  representing  the total net  assets and  liabilities  that are
projected to reprice over the next twelve months, was liability sensitive in the
amount of $12.4 million at March 31, 1999.


     While the GAP position is a useful tool in measuring interest rate risk and
contributes toward effective asset and liability management,  it is difficult to
predict the effect of changing  interest  rates solely on the  measure,  without
accounting for alterations in the maturity or repricing  characteristics  of the
balance  sheet  that occur  during  changes in market  interest  rates.  The GAP
position reflects only the prepayment assumptions pertaining to the current rate
environment  and assets tend to prepay more rapidly  during periods of declining
interest rates than during periods of rising interest rates.


     Other factors  affecting  net interest  income are interest rate changes on
variable rate loans. The amount of change will depend on how variable loan rates
are determined,  and time lags may delay rate increases.  A loan's interest rate
may be  capped  and not be  adjustable  in a  single  period  above  or  below a
predetermined  rate. While interest rate changes will not affect the rate earned
on fixed rate loans if interest  rates rise,  the  interest  earned will be less
than what could be obtained on a current  market rate  investment or if the loan
had a variable rate of interest that adjusted with market conditions.


     Because of these and other factors not contemplated by the GAP position, an
institution  could have a matched GAP position in the current  rate  environment
and still have its net interest income exposed to increased interest rate risk.


     Management  uses two other  analyses to manage  interest rate risk:  (1) an
earnings at risk  analysis to develop an estimate of the direction and magnitude
of the change in net  interest  income if rates move up or down 100 to 300 basis
points; and (2) a value-at-risk analysis to estimate the direction


                                       45
<PAGE>

and magnitude of the change in net portfolio  value if rates move up or down 100
to 200 basis  points.  Currently we use a  sensitivity  of net  interest  income
analysis prepared by the FHLB of Atlanta to measure earnings-at-risk and the OTS
Interest Rate Risk Exposure Report to measure value-at-risk.

     The following  table sets forth the earnings at risk analysis that measures
the sensitivity of net interest income to changes in interest rates at March 31,
1999:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NET INTEREST INCOME SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
- ----------------------------------------------------------
                                 BASIS POINT      PERCENT
 CHANGES IN     NET INTEREST        CHANGE        CHANGE
  RATE (BP)        MARGIN         FROM BASE      FROM BASE
- ------------   --------------   -------------   ----------
<S>            <C>              <C>             <C>
    + 300            2.14%           0.18%          9.18%
    + 200            2.09            0.13           6.63
    + 100            2.03            0.07           3.57
     --              1.96              --             --
    - 100            1.90           (0.06)         (3.06)
    - 200            1.84           (0.12)         (6.12)
    - 300            1.79           (0.17)         (8.67)

</TABLE>

     The table indicates that, if interest rates increase 200 basis points,  net
interest margin, as measured as a percent of total assets,  would increase by 13
basis points or 6.63%.  Conversely,  if interest rates decrease 200 basis points
net interest  margin,  as a percent of total  assets,  would decline by 12 basis
points or 6.12%.  The  primary  reason for this  minimal  change is because  the
negative  one year  cumulative  GAP  position of $12.4  million is offset by the
bank's investment of $28.7 million in investment securities that are tied to the
prime rate,  adjust on a monthly or quarterly basis and do not have a period cap
or, in certain  instances,  do not have a lifetime  cap.  Of this $28.7  million
investment, $9.2 million adjusts on a monthly basis and $11.1 million adjusts on
a quarterly basis and does not have a period or lifetime cap. The remaining $8.4
million,  of which $6.3  million  adjusts  quarterly  and $2.1  million  adjusts
monthly,  has an average  lifetime  cap of 13.04% but is not limited to a period
cap. The bank's  investment in these  securities tends to neutralize the benefit
or detriment of the fixed rate investments and loans in the bank's portfolio.

     The net interest income sensitivity  analysis does not represent a forecast
and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results.
The estimates  used are based upon the assumption as to the nature and timing of
interest  rate levels  including the shape of the yield curve.  These  estimates
have been developed based upon current economic  conditions;  the company cannot
make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these  assumptions  including
how customer  preferences  or  competitor  influences  might  change.  As market
conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity  analysis,  actual results
will also differ due to: prepayment and refinancing levels likely deviating from
those assumed,  the varying impact of interest rate changes on caps or floors on
adjustable  rate loans;  depositor  early  withdrawals  and  product  preference
changes;  and other internal and external  variables.  Further,  the sensitivity
analysis does not reflect actions that management might take in responding to or
anticipating changes in interest rates.

     Interest  rate  risk is the  potential  of  economic  losses  due to future
interest  rate  changes.  These  economic  losses can be  reflected as a loss of
future net interest income as  demonstrated  above and/or a loss of current fair
market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and
to adjust the balance  sheet to minimize  the inherent  risk,  while at the same
time maximizing income. Management realizes certain risks are inherent; the goal
is to identify, monitor and accept the risks.

     We apply a net  portfolio  value (NPV)  analysis to gauge our interest rate
risk  exposure as derived  from the OTS  Interest  Rate Risk  simulation  model.
Generally NPV is the discounted present value of the difference between incoming
cash flows on  interest-earning  assets and other  investments and outgoing cash
flows on interest  bearing  liabilities  in addition to the present value of net
expected cash flows from existing  off-balance sheet contracts.  The application
of the  methodology  attempts to quantify  interest  rate risk by measuring  the
change  in the NPV  that  would  result  from a  theoretical  instantaneous  and
sustained 200 basis point shift in market interest rates.


                                       46
<PAGE>

     Presented  below, as of March 31, 1999, is an analysis of our interest rate
risk as measured by changes in NPV for  parallel  shifts of 200 basis  points in
market interest rates:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  NET PORTFOLIO VALUE AS A
                                                       PERCENT OF THE
                    NET PORTFOLIO VALUE            PRESENT VALUE OF ASSETS
               -----------------------------   -------------------------------
 CHANGES IN       DOLLAR          PERCENT       NET PORTFOLIO      CHANGE IN
 RATES (BP)       CHANGE          CHANGE         VALUE RATIO       NPV RATIO
- ------------   ------------   --------------   ---------------   -------------
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>            <C>            <C>              <C>               <C>
    + 200        $ (4,353)         (50.95)%          3.42%            (3.28)%
    + 100          (1,973)         (23.09)           5.25             (1.45)
     --                --              --            6.70                --
    - 100           1,500           17.56            7.75              1.05
    - 200           2,600           30.43            8.48              1.78

</TABLE>

     The decline in net  portfolio  value of $4.4 million or 50.95% in the event
of a 200 basis  point  increase  in rates is a result of the  current  amount of
fixed rate loans held by us as of March 31, 1999.  The foregoing  decline in NPV
in the event of an  increase  in interest  rates of 200 basis  points  currently
exceeds the company's  internal board guidelines.  However,  upon receipt of the
capital  expected to be raised in the offering,  a similar  increase in interest
rates of 200 basis  points  would  result in a decline in NPV that would be well
within the company's internal board guidelines.


     As with any  method of  gauging  interest  rate  risk,  there  are  certain
shortcomings  inherent in the NPV  methodology.  The model assumes interest rate
changes are instantaneous  parallel shifts in the yield curve. In reality,  rate
changes are rarely  instantaneous.  The use of the  simplifying  assumption that
short-term  and  long-term  rates  change by the same  degree may also  misstate
historical  rate  patterns,  which  rarely show  parallel  yield  curve  shifts.
Further,  the model  assumes  that  certain  assets and  liabilities  of similar
maturity or repricing will react  identically  to changes in rates.  In reality,
the  market  value of  certain  types of  financial  instruments  may  adjust in
anticipation  of changes in market rates,  while any adjustment in the valuation
of other  types of  financial  instruments  may lag behind the change in general
market rates. Additionally, the NPV methodology does not reflect the full impact
of  contractual  restrictions  on changes in rates for certain  assets,  such as
adjustable rate loans.  When interest rates change,  actual loan prepayments and
early  withdrawals  from  time  deposits  may  deviate  significantly  from  the
assumptions  used in the model.  Finally,  this  methodology does not measure or
reflect the impact that higher rates may have on the ability of  adjustable-rate
loan  clients to service  their debt.  All of these  factors are  considered  in
monitoring our exposure to interest rate risk.


LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


     Liquidity. The bank's primary sources of funds are deposits,  principal and
interest  payments  on loans,  mortgage-backed  and  investment  securities  and
borrowings. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans are predictable
sources of funds,  deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced
by general interest rates,  economic  conditions and  competition.  The bank has
continued  to maintain the  required  levels of liquid  assets as defined by OTS
regulations.  This requirement of the OTS, which may be changed at the direction
of the OTS depending upon economic conditions and deposit flows, is based upon a
percentage of deposits and short-term borrowings.  The bank's currently required
liquidity ratio is 4.00%.  At March 31, 1999, the bank's actual  liquidity ratio
was 18.85%.  The bank  manages its  liquidity  position  and demands for funding
primarily by investing excess funds in short-term investments and utilizing FHLB
advance and reverse repurchase agreements in periods when the bank's demands for
liquidity exceed funding from deposit inflows.


     The bank's most  liquid  assets are cash and cash  equivalents,  securities
available-for-sale  and  trading  securities.  The  levels of these  assets  are
dependent on the bank's operating,  financing,  lending and investing activities
during  any given  period.  At March 31,  1999,  cash and cash  equivalents  and
securities available-for-sale totalled $87.2 million, or 69.23% of total assets.


                                       47
<PAGE>

     The  primary  investing  activities  of the  bank  are the  origination  of
residential one- to four-family loans, commercial real estate loans, real estate
construction and development loans,  commercial borrowing and consumer loans and
the purchase of United States  Treasury and agency  securities,  mortgage-backed
and mortgage-related securities and other investment securities.  During the six
months  ended March 31,  1999,  the bank's  loan  originations  totalled  $205.3
million.   Purchases  of  United   States   Treasury   and  agency   securities,
mortgage-backed and mortgage related securities and other investment  securities
totalled  $43.7  million for the six months ended March 31,  1999.  The bank has
other sources of liquidity if a need for additional  funds arises.  At March 31,
1999, the bank had $5.0 million in advances outstanding from the FHLB and had an
additional  overall  borrowing  capacity  from the FHLB of $27.0 million at that
date.  Depending on market conditions,  the pricing of deposit products and FHLB
advances, the bank may continue to rely on FHLB borrowings to fund asset growth.

     At March 31,  1999,  the bank had  commitments  to fund  loans  and  unused
outstanding  lines of credit,  unused standby  letters of credit and undisbursed
proceeds of construction  mortgages totaling $18.8 million. The bank anticipates
that  it  will  have  sufficient  funds  available  to  meet  its  current  loan
origination commitments. Certificate accounts, including IRA and Keogh accounts,
which  are  scheduled  to mature  in less  than one year  from  March 31,  1999,
totalled $78.7 million. Based upon experience,  management believes the majority
of maturing  certificates  of deposit  will remain with the bank.  In  addition,
management  of the  bank  believes  that it can  adjust  the  rates  offered  on
certificates   of  deposit  to  retain   deposits  in  changing   interest  rate
environments.  In the event that a significant portion of these deposits are not
retained  by the bank,  the bank  would be able to  utilize  FHLB  advances  and
reverse repurchase agreements to fund deposit withdrawals, which would result in
an increase in interest expense to the extent that the average rate paid on such
borrowings exceeds the average rate paid on deposits of similar duration.

     As part of our growth  strategy  the Bank  intends to open six  branches in
established  office facilities by June 2001. The Bank has adequate liquidity and
capital  resources to cover any costs  associated  with opening and  maintaining
these additional branches. We do not expect these costs to be material.

     Capital  Resources.  At March  31,  1999,  the bank  exceeded  all  minimum
regulatory  capital  requirements with a tangible capital level of $7.0 million,
or 5.58% of total  adjusted  assets,  which is above the required  level of $1.9
million,  or 1.50%;  core capital of $7.0  million,  or 5.58% of total  adjusted
assets,  which is above  the  required  level of $5.0  million,  or  4.00%;  and
risk-based capital of $7.6 million, or 12.86% of risk-weighted  assets, which is
above the required level of $3.0 million, or 8.00%.


YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     As the year 2000 ("Year 2000") approaches,  an important business issue has
emerged  regarding  how  existing  computer  application  software  programs and
operating  systems can accommodate  change from the 1900s to the year 2000. Many
existing  application  software  products are designed to  accommodate  the date
field,  the  year,  with  only  two  digits.  If not  corrected,  many  computer
applications  and systems  could fail or create  erroneous  results by or at the
Year 2000 (the "Year 2000 Issue").  With respect to the bank,  computer  systems
are used to perform  financial  calculations,  track deposits and loan payments,
transfer funds and make direct  deposits.  Computer  software and computer chips
also  are  used to run  security  systems,  communications  networks  and  other
essential  equipment of the bank. While the bank maintains an internal  computer
system for many operating functions,  the majority of the bank's data processing
is out-sourced to a third party vendor. To become Year 2000 compliant,  the bank
is following  guidelines  suggested by federal bank regulatory  agencies and the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC").  A description of each of the
steps  and the  status  of the  bank's  efforts  in  completing  the steps is as
follows:

     In July 1997, the bank formed a Year 2000  Committee (the "Y2K  Committee")
and in connection  therewith  has adopted a Year 2000 Policy.  The Y2K Committee
has prepared a matrix  representing an overview of all systems or  relationships
that  could be  affected  by the Year 2000  Issue and has  identified  potential
problems associated with the Year 2000 Issue. From this, the Y2K


                                       48
<PAGE>

Committee  has  developed  and  implemented  a plan  designed to ensure that all
software used in connection  with the bank's business will manage and manipulate
data  involving the date  transition  from 1999 to 2000 and  thereafter  without
functional or data  abnormality and without  inaccurate  results related to such
data.


     The bank's ability to be Year 2000 compliant depends in large part upon the
cooperation of its vendors and customers.  The bank has required its third-party
computer  systems and software  vendors to represent that the products  provided
are or will be Year 2000 compliant and has planned and  implemented a program of
testing for compliance.  In addition,  the company has received  representations
from its primary  third-party  data  processing  vendor that it has resolved all
Year 2000  problems in its  software  and is Year 2000  compliant.  The bank has
identified  and  instituted  all systems that could be affected by the Year 2000
Issue,  including  a  review  of  all  major  information  technology  and  non-
information technology systems to determine how Year 2000 Issues affect them. In
connection with this system-wide review, the company has conducted an assessment
of which  systems  and  equipment  are most prone to placing the bank at risk if
they are not Year 2000 compliant (i.e.,  "mission-critical"  systems).  The bank
has  completed  testing of all of its  mission  critical  systems as well as its
minor hardware and software systems. The results confirmed that the applications
tested were Year 2000  compliant.  All Year 2000 issues for the bank,  including
testing and remediation, are expected to be completed by June 30, 1999. The bank
is in the process of preparing  brochures to distribute to its customers to make
them aware of the Year 2000 issue and the bank's preparations.


     The bank's  operations  also may be affected by the Year 2000 compliance of
its significant suppliers and other vendors, including those vendors who provide
non-information   and  technology  systems.  To  a  lesser  extent,  the  bank's
operations  could be affected by the Year 2000  compliance  of  multi-family  or
commercial borrowers.  The bank has begun the process of requesting  information
related  to the Year 2000  compliance  of its  significant  suppliers  and other
vendors.


     As of March 31, 1999, 98% of material third parties have represented to the
bank that they are Year 2000 compliant. The bank will terminate its relationship
with third parties who have not  satisfied us that they are Year 2000  compliant
after June 30, 1999. In the event that any of the bank's  significant  suppliers
or other vendors do not  successfully  achieve Year 2000  compliance in a timely
manner,  the  bank's  business  or  operations  could  be  adversely   affected.
Accordingly, the bank has prepared a contingency plan, if required, in the event
that there are any system  interruptions and is preparing a business  resumption
plan  providing  for manual  maintenance  of  critical  accounts in the event of
failure. There can be no assurances,  however, that implementation of that plan,
if required, will be effective to remedy all potential problems.


     The bank is currently  engaged in an upgrade of its  technology  systems in
addition to  implementing  its Year 2000 policy and has  budgeted  approximately
$126,000  in  connection  with the costs  associated  with  achieving  Year 2000
compliance and related  technology  systems upgrades.  As of March 31, 1999, the
bank had  expended  approximately  $45,000  on Year 2000  remediation.  Material
costs,  if any, that may arise from the failure to achieve Year 2000  compliance
by either the  bank's  third-party  data  processing  vendor or its  significant
suppliers and other vendors is not currently determinable.


     To the extent that the bank's  systems  are not fully Year 2000  compliant,
there can be no  assurance  that  potential  systems  interruptions  or the cost
necessary to update  software would not have a materially  adverse effect on the
bank's  business,  financial  condition,  results of  operations,  cash flows or
business  prospects.  The  bank's  efforts  to become  Year 2000  compliant  are
monitored by its federal banking  regulators.  Failure to be Year 2000 compliant
could subject the bank to formal  supervisory or enforcement  actions.  The bank
presently believes that the Year 2000 Issue will not pose significant  operating
problems for the bank.  However,  if  implementation  and testing  plans are not
completed in a satisfactory  and timely manner by third parties on whom the bank
depends,  or if other unforseen  problems arise,  then the Year 2000 Issue could
potentially have an adverse effect on the operations of the bank.


                                       49
<PAGE>

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

     The Consolidated  Financial  Statements and Notes thereto  presented herein
have been prepared in accordance  with GAAP,  which provides for the measurement
of financial  position and  operating  results  generally in terms of historical
dollar amounts without  considering the changes in the relative purchasing power
of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the
increased cost of the company's operations.  Unlike industrial companies, nearly
all of the assets and  liabilities  of the company are monetary in nature.  As a
result,  interest rates have a greater impact on the company's  performance than
do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily
move in the same  direction  or to the same  extent  as the  prices of goods and
services.


RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

     In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 130,  Reporting  Comprehensive
Income  ("SFAS  130").  SFAS 130  establishes  standards  for the  reporting and
display of  comprehensive  income,  its  components  and  accumulated  balances.
Comprehensive  income is defined to include all changes in equity  except  those
resulting from investments by owners and  distributions  to owners.  Among other
disclosures, SFAS 130 requires that all items that are required to be recognized
under current  accounting  standards as components  of  comprehensive  income be
reported in a financial  statement that is displayed with the same prominence as
other financial  statements.  The company adopted SFAS 130 effective  October 1,
1998.

     In June 1997, FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
131,  Disclosure about Segments of a Business  Enterprise ("SFAS 131"). SFAS 131
establishes  standards for the way that public  enterprises  report  information
about operating  segments in interim financial  statements issued to the public.
It also establishes  standards for disclosures  regarding products and services,
geographic areas and major  customers.  SFAS 131 defines  operating  segments as
components  of an  enterprise  about which  separate  financial  information  is
available and that is evaluated  regularly by the chief operating decision maker
in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance.  The company
will be required to adopt SFAS 131 by September 30, 1999.

     In June 1998, FASB issued Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments" ("SFAS 133"). SFAS 133 establishes
accounting and reporting  standards for derivative  instruments  and for hedging
activities. SFAS 133 requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either
assets or liabilities and measure those instruments at fair market value.  Under
certain  circumstances,  a portion of the derivative's gain or loss is initially
reported  as  a  component  of  other  comprehensive   income  and  subsequently
reclassified into income when the transaction affects earnings. For a derivative
not designated as a hedging instrument, the gain or loss is recognized in income
in the period of  change.  The  company  will be  required  to adopt SFAS 133 by
October 1, 2000.  Presently,  the company  does not use  derivative  instruments
either  in  hedging  activities  or as  investments.  Accordingly,  the  company
believes that adoption of SFAS 133 will have no material impact on its financial
position or results of operations.

     In October 1998, FASB issued  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards
No.  134,   "Accounting  for  Mortgage-Backed   Securities  Retained  after  the
Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held For Sale by a Mortgage Banking Enterprise"
("SFAS  134").  SFAS 134  establishes  accounting  and  reporting  standards for
certain  activities of mortgage banking  enterprises and other  enterprises that
conduct operations that are substantially  similar to the primary obligations of
a  mortgage  banking   enterprise.   This  statement  requires  that  after  the
securitization  of mortgage  loans held for sale, an entity  engaged in mortgage
banking activities  classify the resulting  mortgage-backed  securities or other
retained  interests  based  on its  ability  and  intent  to sell or hold  those
investments.  The company  will be required to adopt SFAS 134 during the quarter
ended  December 31, 1999.  Presently,  the company's  mortgage  company does not
securitize mortgage loans held for sale. Accordingly,  the company believes that
adoption of SFAS 134 will have no material  impact on its financial  position or
results of operations.


                                       50
<PAGE>

PROPERTIES

     We currently  conduct our business from four  full-service  banking offices
and our  administrative  office.  We intend  to  acquire  additional  facilities
including  additional  branch offices,  consistent with our strategy to grow the
bank. The following table sets forth the company's offices as of March 31, 1999.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NET BOOK
                                                                                     VALUE
                                                                                 OF PROPERTY OR
                                                                                   LEASEHOLD
                                                     ORIGINAL                     IMPROVEMENTS
                                                       YEAR         DATE OF            AT
                                      LEASED OR     LEASED OR        LEASE         MARCH 31,
             LOCATION                   OWNED        ACQUIRED     EXPIRATION          1999
- ----------------------------------   -----------   -----------   ------------   ---------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE:
10700 Parkridge Boulevard
Reston, Virginia 20191                  Leased        1998        03-31-03            $ 51
BRANCH OFFICES:
11834 Rockville Pike
Rockville, Maryland 20852               Leased        1998        06-15-05             383
8070 Ritchie Highway
Pasadena, Maryland 21122                Leased        1998        08-31-08              30
250 N. Glebe Road
Arlington, Virginia 22203               Leased        1998        03-31-03              32
1025 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20036                  Leased        1998        07-31-08             295
GREATER ATLANTIC MORTGAGE OFFICE:
8230 Old Courthouse Road
Vienna, Virginia 22182                  Leased        1995        12-31-99               7
                                                                                      ----
  Total                                                                               $798
                                                                                      ====
</TABLE>

     The bank has leased  property for an  additional  bank branch office on the
Harry Byrd Highway in Sterling,  Virginia,  expected to open in September  1999.
The bank also has entered  into a contract to  purchase  property in  Annapolis,
Maryland for the purpose of constructing a branch office.

     The total net book value of the company's furniture, fixtures and equipment
at March 31, 1999 was $885,000.  The  properties are considered by management to
be  in  good  condition.  Management  expects  to  expend  up  to  $100,000  for
replacement of data processing and related equipment by March 31, 2000.


LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The company is not  involved in any pending  legal  proceedings  other than
routine legal  proceedings  occurring in the ordinary  course of business.  Such
routine legal  proceedings,  in the aggregate,  are believed by management to be
immaterial to the company's financial  condition,  results of operations or cash
flows.


PERSONNEL

     As of  March  31,  1999,  the  company  had 99  full-time  employees  and 6
part-time  employees.   The  employees  are  not  represented  by  a  collective
bargaining unit and the company considers its relationship with its employees to
be good. See "Management of the Bank--Other  Benefit Plans" for a description of
compensation and benefit programs offered to the company's employees.


                                       51
<PAGE>

                           MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY

     The board of  directors  of the company  consists  of seven  members and is
divided into three classes,  each of which contains  approximately  one-third of
the Board.  The  directors  are elected by the  stockholders  of the company for
staggered three year terms, or until their successors are elected and qualified.
One class of directors, consisting of Paul J. Cinquegrana and Jeffrey W. Ochsman
(who is  expected to become a director  during June 1999),  has a term of office
expiring  at the  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  in 2000;  a  second  class,
consisting  of Jeffrey M.  Gitelman  and Lynnette  Dobbins  Taylor has a term of
office  expiring  at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  in 2001;  and a third
class, consisting of William Calomiris, Carroll E. Amos and James B. Vito, has a
term of office expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders in 2002.

     There are no  familial  relationships  among  the  directors  or  executive
officers  of the  company or the bank and no  director  is serving as a director
pursuant to an agreement.  Information  concerning  the  principal  occupations,
employment  and other  information  concerning the directors and officers of the
company  during  the past  five  years is set  forth  under  "Management  of the
Bank--Biographical Information."

     The following  individuals  are the  executive  officers of the company and
hold the offices set forth below opposite their names.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME                  POSITION(S) HELD WITH COMPANY
- -------------------------   --------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
   William Calomiris        Chairman of the Board of Directors
   Carroll E. Amos          President and Chief Executive Officer
   David E. Ritter          Chief Financial Officer
   Margaret A. Reynolds     Corporate Secretary

</TABLE>

     The executive  officers of the company are elected annually and hold office
until their  respective  successors  have been  elected and  qualified  or until
death, resignation or removal at the discretion of the board of directors.


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     Since the formation of the company,  the executive officers,  directors and
other  personnel  have been  compensated  for  services by the bank and have not
received  additional  remuneration from the company.  For information  regarding
fees paid to the bank's Board of Directors see "Management of the Bank--Director
Compensation."


                                       52
<PAGE>

                            MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK


DIRECTORS

     The following table sets forth information regarding the board of directors
of the bank.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              DIRECTOR    TERM
             NAME(1)               AGE(2)            POSITION(S) HELD WITH THE BANK             SINCE    EXPIRES
- --------------------------------- -------- ------------------------------------------------- ---------- --------
<S>                               <C>      <C>                                               <C>        <C>
Carroll E. Amos .................   51     Director, President and Chief Executive Officer     1997       2002
William Calomiris ...............   78     Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors        1997       2002
Paul J. Cinquegrana .............   57     Director                                            1997       2000
Jeffrey M. Gitelman .............   54     Director                                            1997       2001
Lynnette Dobbins Taylor .........   78     Director                                            1998       2001
James B. Vito ...................   73     Director                                            1998       2002
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Jeffrey  W.  Ochsman,  age 47, is  expected  to become a member of the board
    during June 1999, with a term to expire in the year 2000.

(2) As of March 15, 1999.


EXECUTIVE OFFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS

     The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers
of the bank who are not also directors.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                 AGE                    POSITION(S) HELD WITH BANK
- -------------------------------   -----   ---------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>     <C>
Edward C. Allen ...............    51     Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer
Jeremiah D. Behan .............    49     Senior Vice President, Construction Lending
Justin R. Golden ..............    48     Senior Vice President, Consumer Lending
Patsy J. Mays .................    52     Senior Vice President, Small Business Lending and Retail
                                          Banking
Robert W. Neff ................    51     Senior Vice President, Commercial Real Estate Lending
Margaret A. Reynolds ..........    33     Corporate Secretary
David E. Ritter ...............    49     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>

     Each of the  executive  officers of the bank holds his or her office  until
his or her  successors  is elected and  qualified or until  removed or replaced.
Officers are subject to re-election by the board of directors annually.


                                       53
<PAGE>

BIOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION


DIRECTORS

     William  Calomiris,  Chairman of the Board of the company and the bank,  is
the  President of Wm.  Calomiris  Investment  Corporation,  engaged in building,
developing  and property  management.  Until 1996,  he served as Chairman of the
Board of 1st Washington Bancorp and for Washington Federal Savings Bank.

     Carroll E. Amos is President and Chief Executive Officer of the company and
of the bank.  He is a private  investor who until 1996 served as  President  and
Chief Executive Officer of 1st Washington  Bancorp and Washington Federal Saving
Bank.

     Paul J.  Cinquegrana  is a Senior Vice  President  Investments of Johnston,
Lemon & Co., Inc., a stock and bond brokerage firm.

     Jeffrey  M.  Gitelman,  D.D.S., is an Oral Surgeon and the owner of Jeffrey
M. Gitelman -D.D.S., P.C.

     Jeffrey W. Ochsman,  is expected to become a director  during June 1999. He
is a partner in the law firm of Friedlander,  Misler, Friedlander, Sloan & Herz,
PLLC, Washington, D.C.

     Lynnette Dobbins Taylor is President of Taylor Enterprises, Incorporated, a
consulting firm to non-profit and civic related organizations; retired Executive
Director, Delta Sigma Theta, Inc.

     James B. Vito is Chairman of the Board, James B. Vito, Inc., a plumbing and
heating company and managing general partner,  James Properties,  engaged in the
sale and management of property.


EXECUTIVE OFFICERS WHO ARE NOT DIRECTORS

     Edward  C.  Allen  joined  the bank as a Senior  Vice  President  and Chief
Financial  Officer in mid 1996 and became Chief Operating Officer in 1997. Prior
to  joining  the  bank,  Mr.  Allen was the Chief  Financial  Officer  of Servus
Financial  Corp. from 1994 to 1996 and Senior Vice President of NVR Savings Bank
from 1992 to 1994.

     Jeremiah D. Behan joined the bank in 1998 as a Senior Vice  President  with
primary responsibility for the bank's Construction Lending Department. From 1997
until joining the bank, Mr. Behan was the Senior Servicing  Officer for Virginia
Asset  Financing  Corporation.  From 1986 until  1996,  he served as Senior Vice
President of  Construction  Administration  and Servicing at Washington  Federal
Savings Bank.

     Justin R. Golden  joined the bank as Senior Vice  President of the Consumer
Lending Department in 1998. From 1984 until 1997 he served in various capacities
at Citizens Bank,  most recently  having  responsibility  for  reorganizing  and
operating that Bank's Home Equity Lending Function.

     Patsy J. Mays joined the bank in 1998 as a Senior Vice President, primarily
responsible for Small Business Lending and Retail Banking.  Prior to joining the
bank,  Ms. Mays served as an Assistant  Vice President at Wachovia Bank of South
Carolina  responsible  for sales  production and branch  operations from 1995 to
1996.   From  1993  until  1995  she  served  as  Vice   President   for  Branch
Administration at Ameribanc Savings Bank.

     Robert W. Neff joined the bank in 1997 as Senior Vice President, Commercial
Real Estate Lending.  Prior to joining the bank, Mr. Neff served as a Consultant
on  commercial  real estate loan  brokerage  with the First  Financial  Group of
Washington after serving from 1984 until 1996 as an Executive Vice President for
Commercial Real Estate Lending at Washington Federal Savings Bank.

     Margaret A. Reynolds joined the bank and the company as Corporate Secretary
in 1998 after approximately one year as a legal secretary and Office Manager for
Zuckerman, Spaeder, Goldstein, Taylor & Kolker. Ms. Reynolds had previously been
employed as an Executive  Assistant,  Human Resources Manager and Office Manager
with Management Analysis,  Incorporated,  and Vista Consulting Group, Inc., from
1994 to 1997.


                                       54
<PAGE>

     David E. Ritter joined the bank and the company as a Senior Vice  President
and Chief Financial  Officer in 1998. From 1996 to 1997, Mr. Ritter was a Senior
Financial Consultant with Peterson Consulting.  From 1988 until 1996, he was the
Executive  Vice  President and Chief  Financial  Officer of  Washington  Federal
Savings Bank.

COMMITTEES AND MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE BANK

     The  bank's  board  of  directors  meets 12  times  each  year and may have
additional special meetings called in the manner specified in the bylaws.

     The  Executive   Committee   consists  of  Messrs.   Calomiris,   Amos  and
Cinquegrana.  The Executive  Committee meets regularly  between  meetings of the
Board and reviews matters pertaining to day-to-day operations,  including review
of operational policies and procedures and loan applications.

     The  Compensation  Committee  consists of Messrs. Calomiris, Amos, Gitelman
and  Vito.  This committee is responsible for all matters regarding compensation
and  fringe benefits. The Compensation Committee meets on an as-needed basis and
met once during the year ended December 31, 1998.

     The  Audit  Committee  consists  of the  entire  board of  directors.  This
committee meets with the bank's independent  auditors and evaluates policies and
procedures relating to auditing functions and internal controls.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     Since the acquisition of the bank, outside directors of the bank, including
the  Chairman of the Board,  received  $200 for each Board  meeting and $100 for
each committee meeting attended. Beginning October 1, 1998, outside directors of
the bank receive $500 for each Board meeting and $250 for each committee meeting
attended.  Beginning on that same date, the Chairman was made a salaried officer
of the bank and company and in that capacity  receives  compensation at the rate
of $3,000 per month.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Summary  Compensation  Table.  The  following  table  sets  forth  the cash
compensation paid by the bank for services rendered in all capacities during the
year  ended  September  30,  1998,  to the  Chief  Executive  Officer,  the only
executive  officer  of the bank who  received  salary  and  bonus in  excess  of
$100,000 ("Named Executive Officers").

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              ANNUAL COMPENSATION(1)
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                                                   OTHER
          NAME AND            FISCAL                              ANNUAL
     PRINCIPAL POSITION        YEAR      SALARY      BONUS    COMPENSATION(2)
- ---------------------------- -------- ----------- ---------- ----------------
<S>                          <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>
Carroll E. Amos
 President and Chief
 Executive Officer .........  1998     $107,133    $18,500          --

<CAPTION>
                                           LONG-TERM COMPENSATION(2)
                             -----------------------------------------------------
                                       AWARDS                    PAYOUTS
                             -------------------------- --------------------------
                              RESTRICTED    SECURITIES
          NAME AND               STOCK      UNDERLYING     LTIP       ALL OTHER
     PRINCIPAL POSITION         AWARDS     OPTIONS/SAR   PAYOUTS   COMPENSATION(2)
- ---------------------------- ------------ ------------- --------- ----------------
<S>                          <C>          <C>           <C>       <C>
Carroll E. Amos
 President and Chief
 Executive Officer .........     --          16,667        --            --
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Under  Annual  Compensation,  the column  titled  "Bonus"  consists of Board
    approved discretionary bonus.

(2) For 1998, there were no (a) perquisites over the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of
    the  individual's  total  salary  and bonus for the year;  (b)  payments  of
    above-market preferential earnings on deferred compensation; (c) payments of
    earnings  with respect to long-term  incentive  plans prior to settlement or
    maturation; (d) tax payment reimbursements; or (e) preferential discounts on
    stock.  For 1998, the bank had no restricted stock or stock related plans in
    existence.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

     Carroll  E.  Amos.  Effective  November  1,  1997, the bank entered into an
employment  agreement (the "Employment Agreement") with Mr. Amos. The Employment
Agreement  is  intended  to ensure that the bank and the company will be able to
retain  Mr.  Amos  who  provides  a  stable  and  competent management base. The
continued  success  of  the bank and the company depends to a significant degree
on  the  skills and competence of its executive officers, particularly Mr. Amos,
the Chief Executive Officer.


                                       55
<PAGE>

     The Employment  Agreement  provides for a three-year  term for Mr. Amos and
provides  that  commencing on the first  anniversary  date and  continuing  each
anniversary  date  thereafter  the board of directors may extend the  Employment
Agreement  for an  additional  year so that the  remaining  term  shall be three
years,  unless  written notice of non-renewal is given by the board of directors
after conducting a performance  evaluation of Mr. Amos. The Employment Agreement
provides that Mr. Amos's base salary will be reviewed annually.  The base salary
provided for in the Employment Agreement for Mr. Amos for 1998 was $110,000.  At
the first anniversary date, Mr. Amos's base salary was increased to $120,000. In
addition to the base salary, the Employment  Agreement provides for, among other
things,   participation  in  various  employee  benefit  plans  and  stock-based
compensation  programs,  as well as  furnishing  fringe  benefits  available  to
similarly  situated  executive  personnel.   Effective  November  1,  1998,  the
Employment  Agreement  also provides for an  automobile  allowance of $9,600 per
year.


     The Employment Agreement provides for termination by the bank for cause (as
defined in the Employment  Agreement) at any time. In the event the bank chooses
to terminate Mr. Amos's  employment  for reasons other than for cause or, in the
event of Mr. Amos's  resignation from the bank upon: (i) failure to re-elect Mr.
Amos to his current  office;  (ii) a material  change in Mr.  Amos's  functions,
duties or responsibilities;  (iii) a relocation of Mr. Amos's principal place of
employment by more than 30 miles; (iv) liquidation or dissolution of the bank or
the company;  or (v) a breach of the Employment  Agreement by the bank, Mr. Amos
or, in the event of death, Mr. Amos's  beneficiary  would be entitled to receive
an amount  generally  equal to the remaining base salary and bonus payments that
would have been paid to Mr. Amos  during the  remaining  term of the  Employment
Agreement.  The bank would also continue to pay for Mr. Amos's life,  health and
disability coverage for the remaining term of the Employment Agreement. Upon any
termination  of Mr. Amos,  Mr. Amos is subject to a covenant not to compete with
the bank for one year.


     Under the Employment  Agreement,  if  involuntary  termination or voluntary
termination follows a change in control of the bank or the company, Mr. Amos or,
in the event of his death,  his beneficiary,  would receive a severance  payment
generally  equal to the greater of: (i) the payments due for the remaining terms
of the  agreement,  including  the value of  stock-based  incentives  previously
awarded to Mr.  Amos;  or (ii) three  times the  average of the three  preceding
taxable  years'  annual  compensation.  The bank would also  continue Mr. Amos's
life, health,  and disability  coverage for thirty-six months. In the event of a
change in  control  of the  bank,  the total  amount  of  payment  due under the
Employment  Agreement,  based  solely on the base salary paid to Mr.  Amos,  and
excluding  any  benefits  under any employee  benefit  plan which may  otherwise
become payable, would equal approximately $360,000.


     All  reasonable  costs and legal fees paid or incurred by Mr. Amos pursuant
to any  dispute  or  question  of  interpretation  relating  to  the  Employment
Agreement are to be paid by the bank if he is successful on the merits  pursuant
to a legal judgment,  arbitration or settlement.  The Employment  Agreement also
provides that the bank will indemnify Mr. Amos to the fullest  extent  allowable
under federal law.


     T.  Mark  Stamm.  Effective  October  1,  1997,  the bank  entered  into an
employment agreement (the "Stamm Agreement") with Mr. Stamm. The Stamm Agreement
was intended to ensure that the bank and the company would be able to retain the
services of an experienced mortgage banking professional.


     The  Stamm  Agreement  was for a  one-year  term  with  total  compensation
comprised  of  three  elements,  a base  salary  for Mr.  Stamm of  $108,000,  a
production  bonus of two basis points,  payable monthly on each loan closed in a
month, and a net income bonus equal to 37.5% of the net income,  as defined,  of
the then  mortgage  banking  division of the bank. In addition to the salary and
bonus  provisions,  the  Stamm  Agreement  provides  for,  among  other  things,
participation  in various  employee  benefit plans and stock-based  compensation
programs,  as well as furnishing fringe benefits available to similarly situated
personnel.  The Stamm  Agreement  also provides for an  automobile  allowance of
$6,000 per year.


                                       56
<PAGE>

     The Stamm  Agreement  provides  for  termination  by the bank for cause (as
defined  in the Stamm  Agreement)  at any time.  In the event the bank  chose to
terminate Mr. Stamm's employment for reasons other than for cause, Mr. Stamm or,
in the event of death, Mr. Stamm's  beneficiary  would be entitled to receive an
amount  generally  equal to the  remaining  base salary and bonus  payments that
would  have  been  paid to Mr.  Stamm  during  the  remaining  term of the Stamm
Agreement,  but in no event less than three months. The bank would also continue
and pay for Mr. Stamm's life,  health and disability  coverage for the remaining
term of the Stamm Agreement, but in no event less than three months.

     Under  the  Stamm  Agreement,   if  involuntary  termination  or  voluntary
termination  follows a change in control of the bank, Mr. Stamm or, in the event
of his death, his beneficiary,  would be entitled to receive a severance payment
generally  equal to the greater of: (i) the payments due for the remaining  term
of the  agreement,  including  the value of  stock-based  incentives  previously
awarded to Mr.  Stamm;  or (ii)  three  times the  average  of the base  salary,
excluding  bonuses and all other forms of compensation paid or to be paid to Mr.
Stamm during the three preceding years. The bank would also continue Mr. Stamm's
life, health,  and disability  coverage for thirty-six months. In the event of a
change in control of the bank,  the total  amount of payment due under the Stamm
Agreement,  based solely on the base salary paid to Mr. Stamm, and excluding any
benefits  under any employee  benefit plan which may otherwise  become  payable,
would equal approximately $324,000.

     Effective  October 1, 1998, the Stamm Agreement was modified to provide for
his  employment as President of Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage for a two-year term.
Under the modified agreement, Mr. Stamm's compensation continues to be comprised
of three elements,  a base salary for Mr. Stamm of $108,000,  a production bonus
of two basis  points,  payable  monthly on each loan closed in a month and a net
income bonus. However, the net income bonus was reduced from 37.5% to 30% of the
net  income,  as  defined,  of  Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage.  For the year ended
September  30, 1998,  Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage had net income before bonus of
$3.1 million.  The modified agreement further provides for the grant,  within 45
days,  of stock  options to Mr.  Stamm to purchase  37,500  shares of the common
stock  of the  company  at a price  equal to the book  value of the  company  at
September  30,  1998,  and for the grant of options to  purchase  an  additional
15,000 shares of the common stock of the company,  at the publicly  traded price
on September 30, 1999, if the net earnings of Greater Atlantic  Mortgage for the
fiscal year ending September 30, 1999 are equal to or greater than $1,625,000.

INSURANCE PLANS

     The bank makes available to all full-time  employees medical plan benefits,
life and accidental death insurance,  long term disability  insurance and travel
insurance.

OTHER BENEFIT PLANS

     401(k) Plan.  The bank maintains the Greater  Atlantic  Savings Bank 401(k)
Savings Plan (the "401(k)  Plan"),  a  tax-qualified  profit sharing plan with a
qualified  cash or deferred  arrangement  under Section  401(k) of the Code. The
401(k) Plan provides  participants with savings and retirement benefits based on
employee  deferrals  of  compensation,   as  well  as  any  matching  and  other
discretionary contributions made by the bank. Eligible employees are eligible to
participate in the 401(k) Plan when they complete six months of service with the
bank and have attained the age of 20.5.  Participants  currently may make salary
reduction contributions to the 401(k) Plan of 1% to 15% of their compensation or
the legally  permissible  limit ($10,000 for 1998). A participant is always 100%
vested  in  his or her  salary  reduction  contributions  to  the  401(k)  Plan.
Participants  also become 100%  vested in their  accounts  under the 401(k) Plan
upon  death  or  incurring  disability  (as  described  in the  401(k)  Plan) or
attainment  of their  "Normal  Retirement  Age" (as defined in the 401(k) Plan).
Participants  become  vested in any  employer  contributions  to the 401(k) Plan
after  two  years  of  service  at the rate of 20% for  each  completed  year of
service;  however,  the bank did not make matching  contributions  in the fiscal
years ended September 30, 1998 or 1997.

     Currently,  participants may invest their accounts under the 401(k) Plan in
and  among  seven  funds.  The  bank  may add or  eliminate  investment  options
available under the 401(k) Plan in the future.


                                       57
<PAGE>

     Generally,   distributions  from  the  401(k)  Plan  may  commence  upon  a
participant's   separation  from  service,   death,   or  disability.   However,
participants may request hardship withdrawals from the 401(k) Plan under certain
circumstances.  Distributions  from the  401(k)  Plan are  generally  subject to
federal and state income  taxes and  distributions  made prior to a  participant
attaining age 59 1/2 and are also generally subject to a federal excise tax.

     Deferred  Compensation  Plan.  On October 30, 1997,  the company  adopted a
deferred  compensation  plan. Under the deferred  compensation plan, an employee
may  elect  to  participate  by  directing  that  all  or  part  of  his  or her
compensation be credited to a deferral account.  The election must be made prior
to the beginning of the calendar year. The deferral account bears interest at 6%
per year. The amounts  credited to the deferral account are payable in preferred
stock or cash at the  election  of the board of  directors  on the date the bank
announces  a  change  in  control  or the  date  three  years  from the date the
participant elects to participate in the deferred compensation plan. At December
31,  1998,  one  employee  of Greater  Atlantic  Mortgage,  T. Mark  Stamm,  was
participating  in the plan and an amount of  $500,000  is  recorded  as deferred
compensation.

     Stock-Option  and Warrant  Plan.  The board of directors of the company has
adopted the Greater Atlantic  Financial Corp. 1997 Stock Option and Warrant Plan
(the  "Stock  Option  Plan")  which  provided  for the  granting of up to 94,685
warrants to the original investors and provides for the granting of up to 76,667
options to  purchase  common  stock  ("Stock  Options")  to  eligible  officers,
employees,  and directors of the company and bank. The plan may also provide for
certain rights related to the grant of Stock Options.

     Under the Stock  Option  Plan,  as amended,  94,685  warrants,  each with a
warrant price of $7.50,  were granted in fiscal 1998 to the members of the board
of  directors  and  original  stockholders  on the basis of one warrant for each
share of stock purchased.  Under this plan,  58,334 options have been granted to
employees.  Mr. Amos was not granted  warrants in fiscal  1998,  but was granted
16,667  options to purchase the company stock at the same price,  $7.50,  as the
warrant price. In fiscal 1999, Mr. Amos was granted 16,667 additional options at
an exercise price of $8.38.

     The grants of Stock  Options are  designed to attract and retain  qualified
personnel  in  key  positions,   provide  officers  and  key  employees  with  a
proprietary interest in the company as an incentive to contribute to the success
of the company, and reward employees for outstanding performance.  All employees
of the company, the bank and its subsidiaries are eligible to participate in the
Stock Option Plan. The committee administering the plan will determine the terms
of awards granted to officers and  employees.  The committee will also determine
whether Stock Options will qualify as Incentive  Stock Options or  Non-Statutory
Stock Options,  as described  below,  the number of shares subject to each Stock
Option,  the exercise price of each Stock Option, the method of exercising Stock
Options, and the time when Stock Options become exercisable.  Only employees may
receive grants of Incentive Stock Options.

     An individual generally will not recognize taxable income upon the grant of
a  Non-Statutory  Stock Option or Incentive Stock Option or upon the exercise of
an  Incentive  Stock  Option,  provided the  individual  does not dispose of the
shares received  through the exercise of the Incentive Stock Option for at least
one year after the date the  individual  receives the shares in connection  with
the option exercise and two years after the date of grant of the Stock Option (a
"disqualifying  disposition").  No  compensation  deduction  will  generally  be
available to the company as a result of the exercise of Incentive  Stock Options
unless  there  has  been  a  disqualifying   disposition.   In  the  case  of  a
Non-Statutory  Stock Option and in the case of a  disqualifying  disposition  of
shares received in connection with the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, an
individual will recognize  ordinary income upon exercise of the Stock Option (or
upon the  disqualifying  disposition)  in an amount equal to the amount by which
the fair market  value of the common  stock  exceeds the  exercise  price of the
Stock Option.  The amount of any ordinary income  recognized by an optionee upon
the  exercise  of a  Non-Statutory  Stock  Option  or  due  to  a  disqualifying
disposition will be a deductible expense to the company for tax purposes. In the
case of limited rights,  the holder will recognize any amount paid to him or her
upon  exercise in the year in which the payment is made and the company  will be
entitled to a deduction for federal income tax purposes of the amount paid.


                                       58
<PAGE>

     Stock Options are  exercisable  for a period of time  following the date on
which the  optionee  ceases to  perform  services  for the bank or the  company,
except that in the event of death or disability,  options  accelerate and become
fully  vested and could be  exercisable  for up to one year  thereafter  or such
other  period  of time as  determined  by the  company.  In the case of death or
disability,  Stock  Options may be  exercised  for a period of 12 months or such
other period of time as  determined  by the  committee.  However,  any Incentive
Stock Options  exercised more than three months  following the date the employee
ceases to perform  services as an  employee  would be treated  essentially  as a
Non-Statutory  Stock  Option.  In the  event  of  retirement,  if  the  optionee
continues to perform services as a director or consultant on behalf of the bank,
the company or an affiliate,  unvested options and awards would continue to vest
in accordance with their original  vesting schedule until the optionee ceases to
serve as a consultant or director.  In the event of death,  disability or normal
retirement,  the  company,  if  requested  by the  optionee,  or the  optionee's
beneficiary,  could elect, in exchange for vested options,  to pay the optionee,
or the  optionee's  beneficiary  in the event of death,  the amount by which the
fair market value of the common stock exceeds the exercise  price of the options
on the date of the employee's termination of employment.

     The  following  tables show  information  with  respect to options  granted
during fiscal year 1998 and the number of shares of common stock  represented by
outstanding  stock options held by the Chief  Executive  Officer as of March 31,
1999. Also reported is the value for "in-the-money"  options which represent the
positive spread between the exercise price of any existing stock options and the
year-end price of the common stock.



                       OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL YEAR 1998





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           NUMBER OF SECURITIES    PERCENT OF TOTAL
                            UNDERLYING OPTIONS    OPTIONS GRANTED TO   EXERCISE   EXPIRATION
           NAME                 GRANTED#(1)            EMPLOYEES         PRICE       DATE
- ------------------------- ---------------------- -------------------- ---------- -----------
<S>                       <C>                    <C>                  <C>        <C>
Carroll E. Amos .........        16,667                 100%            $ 7.50    11/14/07
</TABLE>

               AGGREGATED YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES




<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              NUMBER OF SECURITIES          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                             UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED             IN-THE-MONEY
                                   OPTIONS AT                    OPTIONS AT
                              SEPTEMBER 30, 1998(#)     SEPTEMBER 30, 1998($)(1)(2)
                          ----------------------------- ----------------------------
           NAME            EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ------------------------- ------------- --------------- ------------- --------------
<S>                       <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Carroll E. Amos .........    16,667           --           $14,500          --
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Does not include options granted in fiscal year 1999.

(2) Based on the estimated market value of the underlying stock at September 30,
    1998, minus the exercise price.


TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PERSONS

     Federal  regulations  require  that all  loans or  extensions  of credit to
executive  officers and directors must be made on substantially  the same terms,
including  interest rates and  collateral,  as those  prevailing at the time for
comparable  transactions  with the general public and must not involve more than
the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. In addition,
loans  made to a  director  or  executive  officer  in excess of the  greater of
$25,000 or 5% of the bank's  capital and  surplus (up to a maximum of  $500,000)
must be approved in advance by a majority  of the  disinterested  members of the
board of directors.

     The bank currently  makes loans to its executive  officers and directors on
the same terms and conditions  offered to the general public.  The bank's policy
provides that all loans made by the bank to its executive officers and directors
be made in the ordinary  course of business,  on  substantially  the same terms,
including   collateral,   as  those   prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable
transactions with


                                       59
<PAGE>

other persons and may not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or
present  other  unfavorable  features.  As of March 31, 1999,  one of the bank's
directors  had loans  with the bank  which  had  outstanding  balances  totaling
$260,000.  Such loans were made by the bank in the ordinary  course of business,
with no  favorable  terms  and do not  involve  more  than  the  normal  risk of
collectibility or present unfavorable features.

     The company's policy is that all  transactions  between the company and its
executive officers, directors, holders of 10% or more of the shares of any class
of its common stock and affiliates thereof, will contain terms no less favorable
to the company than could have been obtained by it in arm's length  negotiations
with  unaffiliated  persons and will be  approved  by a majority of  independent
outside directors of the company not having any interest in the transaction.


OWNERSHIP  AND  SUBSCRIPTIONS  BY  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS AND PRINCIPAL
SHAREHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the company's common stock as of March 31, 1999, and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of the common stock offered  hereby by (1) each director of the
company,  (ii) each person who is known by the company to own beneficially 5% or
more of the common stock and (iii) all  directors  and  executive  officers as a
group. Unless otherwise  indicated,  each person has sole voting and dispositive
power over the shares  indicated as owned by such person and the address of each
shareholder is the same as the address of the company.





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               OWNERSHIP PRIOR TO THE         OWNERSHIP AFTER
                                                   OFFERING(1)(2)               THE OFFERING
                                               -----------------------   --------------------------
                                                 SHARES      PERCENT        SHARES        PERCENT
                                               ---------   -----------   ------------   -----------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>           <C>            <C>
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS:
William Calomiris ..........................    200,000        24.32%       357,895         12.68%
Carroll E. Amos ............................     33,334         4.05         43,860          1.55
Paul J. Cinquegrana ........................     33,334         4.05         33,334          1.18
Jeffrey M. Gitelman ........................     33,334         4.05         64,913          2.30
Lynnette Dobbins Taylor ....................        134          .02            134             *
James B. Vito ..............................     20,000         2.43         56,842          2.01
                                                -------       ------        -------        ------
Directors and executive officers as a group
 (15 persons) ..............................    320,136        38.92        556,978         19.73
                                                -------       ------        -------        ------
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS:
Peter Calomiris ............................     66,667         8.11         92,983          3.29
Robert Harris ..............................     66,667         8.11         66,667          2.36
Ralph Ochsman ..............................    133,334        16.21        238,597          8.45
Robert I. Schattner ........................    197,334        23.99        355,229         12.59
                                                -------       ------        -------        ------
 Principal shareholders as a group .........    464,002        56.42        753,476         26.70
                                                -------       ------        -------        ------
   Total ...................................    784,138        95.34%     1,310,454         46.43%
                                                =======       ======      =========        ======
    Total shares outstanding ...............    822,434       100.00%     2,822,434        100.00%
                                                =======       ======      =========        ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
  * Indicates ownership which does not exceed 1.0%.

(1) Assumes the issuance of 2,000,000 shares in the offering.

(2) Does not include 128,019 options and warrants exercisable within 60 days.

                                       60
<PAGE>

                                  REGULATION


GENERAL


     The bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by
the OTS, as its chartering  agency,  and the FDIC, as the deposit  insurer.  The
bank is a member of the FHLB System.  The bank's deposit accounts are insured up
to  applicable  limits by the Savings  Association  Insurance  Fund (the "SAIF")
managed  by the  FDIC.  The bank  must  file  reports  with the OTS and the FDIC
concerning  its  activities  and  financial  condition  in addition to obtaining
regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers
with,  or  acquisitions  of, other  financial  institutions.  There are periodic
examinations by the OTS to test the bank's  compliance  with various  regulatory
requirements. In addition, the FDIC may also conduct examinations of the bank at
the  FDIC's   discretion.   This  regulation  and   supervision   establishes  a
comprehensive  framework of activities in which an institution can engage and is
intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors.  The
regulatory structure also gives the regulatory  authorities extensive discretion
in connection with their supervisory and enforcement  activities and examination
policies,  including  policies with respect to the  classification of assets and
the  establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory  purposes.  Any
change in such  policies,  whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the  Congress,  could
have a material  adverse impact on the company,  the bank and their  operations.
The company,  as a savings and loan company,  is also subject to examination and
regulation by the OTS and is required to file certain reports with and otherwise
comply  with the  rules  and  regulations  of the OTS and of the SEC  under  the
federal securities laws.


     Any  change in the  regulatory  structure  or the  applicable  statutes  or
regulations, whether by the OTS, the FDIC or the Congress, could have a material
impact  on the  company,  the  bank  and  their  operations.  Congress  has been
considering  the  elimination of the federal thrift charter and abolition of the
OTS.  The  results  of  such  consideration,  including  possible  enactment  of
legislation is uncertain.  Therefore, the bank is unable to determine the extent
to which such consideration or possible  legislation,  if enacted,  would affect
its business.  See "Risk  Factors--We  are subject to extensive  regulation  and
supervision legislation."


     Certain of the  regulatory  requirements  applicable to the bank and to the
company are referred to below or elsewhere herein.  The description of statutory
provisions and regulations  applicable to savings associations set forth in this
prospectus  do not  purport to be complete  descriptions  of such  statutes  and
regulations or their effects on the bank and the company and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to such statutes and regulations.


FEDERAL SAVINGS INSTITUTION REGULATION


     Business  Activities.  The activities of federal savings  institutions  are
governed by the Home  Owners'  Loan Act, as amended (the "HOLA") and, in certain
respects,  the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act ("FDI Act") and the  regulations
issued  by  the  FDIC  or  OTS to  implement  those  statutes.  Those  laws  and
regulations  delineate the nature and extent of the  activities in which federal
savings  associations may engage.  In particular,  certain lending authority for
federal savings associations,  e.g.,  commercial,  non-residential real property
loans  and  consumer  loans,  is  limited  to  a  specified  percentage  of  the
institution's capital or assets.


     Loans-to-One  Borrower.  Under the HOLA, savings institutions are generally
subject to the national bank limit on  loans-to-one  borrower.  Generally,  this
limit is 15% of the bank's  unimpaired  capital and surplus,  plus an additional
10%  of   unimpaired   capital  and   surplus,   if  such  loan  is  secured  by
readily-marketable  collateral,  which is defined to include  certain  financial
instruments  and  bullion.  At March  31,  1999,  the  bank's  general  limit on
loans-to-one  borrower was $1.1 million.  At March 31, 1999,  the bank's largest
aggregate  amount of  loans-to-one  borrower  consisted of various single family
properties  with a carrying  balance of $1.0  million,  secured by real  estate.
Management  believes  that  the  bank  is  in  compliance  with  all  applicable
loans-to-one borrower limitations.


                                       61
<PAGE>

     QTL Test. The HOLA requires savings  institutions to meet a QTL test. Under
the QTL test, a savings association is required to either qualify as a "domestic
building and loan association," as defined in the Code, or maintain at least 65%
of its "portfolio  assets" (total assets less: (i) specified liquid assets up to
20% of total assets; (ii) intangibles,  including goodwill;  and (iii) the value
of property used to conduct business) in certain "qualified thrift  investments"
(primarily  residential  mortgages and related  investments,  including  certain
mortgage-backed  and  related  securities)  in at least 9 months  out of each 12
month period. A savings  association that fails the QTL test must either convert
to a bank charter or operate under certain  restrictions.  As of March 31, 1999,
the  bank  maintained  76.83%  of  its  portfolio  assets  in  qualified  thrift
investments and,  therefore,  met the QTL test. Recent  legislation has expanded
the extent to which education loans,  credit card loans and small business loans
may be considered as "qualified thrift investments."


     Limitation  on Capital  Distributions.  The  regulations  of the OTS impose
limitations upon all capital  distributions by a savings institution,  including
cash  dividends,  payments to repurchase its shares and payments to shareholders
of  another  institution  in a cash-out  merger.  Effective  April 1, 1999,  the
capital  distribution   regulation  of  the  OTS  was  changed.  Under  the  new
regulation,  an  application  to and the prior  approval  of the OTS is required
before any capital distribution may be made if the institution does not meet the
criteria for "expedited  treatment" of applications  under the OTS  regulations,
the total capital distributions for the calendar year exceed net income for that
year plus the amount of retained  net income for the  preceding  two years,  the
institution  would  be  undercapitalized   following  the  distribution  or  the
distribution  would otherwise be contrary to a statute,  regulation or agreement
with the OTS. If an application is not required, the institution must still give
advance  notice of the  capital  distribution  to the OTS. If the capital of the
bank fell below its  regulatory  requirements,  or if the OTS  notified the bank
that it was in need of more than normal supervision,  the bank's ability to make
capital distributions could be restricted. In addition, the OTS could prohibit a
proposed  capital  distribution,  which  would  otherwise  be  permitted  by the
regulation,  if the OTS determined that the  distribution  would be an unsafe or
unsound practice.


     Liquidity.  The bank is required to  maintain an average  daily  balance of
specified  liquid  assets equal to a monthly  average of not less than 4% of its
net withdrawable  deposit accounts plus short-term  borrowings.  OTS regulations
formerly required each savings  institution to maintain an average daily balance
of short-term  liquid assets at 1% of the total of its net withdrawable  deposit
accounts and borrowings payable in one year or less.  However,  this requirement
was recently  eliminated.  Monetary penalties may be imposed for failure to meet
the liquidity  requirements.  The bank's  liquidity  ratio at March 31, 1999 was
18.85%,  which  exceeded the  applicable  requirements.  The bank has never been
subject to monetary  penalties for failure to meet its  liquidity  requirements.
See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."


     Assessments.  Savings  institutions  are  required  by  regulation  to  pay
assessments to the OTS to fund the agency's operations.  The general assessment,
paid on a  semi-annual  basis,  is based upon the  savings  institution's  total
assets, as reported in the bank's latest quarterly Thrift Financial Report.  The
most  recent  assessments  paid by the bank  were  for the  calendar  year  1998
totalled $19,000.


     Branching.  OTS regulations permit federally chartered savings associations
to branch  nationwide  under  certain  conditions.  Generally,  federal  savings
associations  may establish  interstate  networks and  geographically  diversify
their loan  portfolios  and lines of business.  The OTS  authority  preempts any
state law purporting to regulate branching by federal savings associations.


     Transactions  with  Related  Parties.  The  bank's  authority  to engage in
transactions  with  related  parties or  "affiliates"  (i.e.,  any company  that
controls or is under common control with an  institution,  including the company
and any non-savings institution  subsidiaries that the company may establish) is
limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act ("FRA").  Section 23A
restricts  the  aggregate  amount of covered  transactions  with any  individual
affiliate to 10% of the capital and surplus of the savings  institution and also
limits the aggregate  amount of  transactions  with all affiliates to 20% of the
savings institution's capital and surplus.  Certain transactions with affiliates
are required


                                       62
<PAGE>

to be secured by collateral in an amount and of a type  described in Section 23A
and the purchase of low quality assets from affiliates is generally  prohibited.
Section 23B  generally  requires  that  certain  transactions  with  affiliates,
including loans and asset purchases,  must be on terms and under  circumstances,
including  credit  standards,  that  are  substantially  the same or at least as
favorable to the  institution  as those  prevailing  at the time for  comparable
transactions with non-affiliated companies.

     The bank's authority to extend credit to executive officers,  directors and
10%  shareholders  ("insiders"),  as well as entities such persons  control,  is
governed  by Section  22(g) and 22(h) of the FRA and  Regulation  O  thereunder.
Among other  things,  such loans are required to be made on terms  substantially
the same as those offered to  unaffiliated  individuals  and to not involve more
than the normal risk of repayment.  Recent legislation  created an exception for
loans to insiders made pursuant to a benefit or  compensation  programs that are
widely  available to all employees of the institution and do not give preference
to  insiders  over other  employees.  Regulation  O also places  individual  and
aggregate  limits on the amount of loans the bank may make to insiders based, in
part, on the bank's capital  position,  and requires that certain board approval
procedures be followed.

     Enforcement.   Under  the  FDI  Act,   the  OTS  has  primary   enforcement
responsibility  over savings  institutions and has the authority to bring action
against all  "institution-affiliated  parties,"  including  stockholders and any
attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in
wrongful  action  likely to have an adverse  effect on an  insured  institution.
Formal  enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or
cease and desist  order to  removal  of  officers  or  directors,  receivership,
conservatorship  or termination of deposit  insurance.  Civil  penalties cover a
wide range of  violations  and can amount to $25,000  per day, or $1 million per
day in especially egregious cases. Under the FDI Act, the FDIC has the authority
to recommend to the  Director of the OTS that  enforcement  action be taken with
respect  to a  particular  savings  institution.  If  action is not taken by the
Director,   the  FDIC  has   authority  to  take  such  action   under   certain
circumstances.  Federal and state law also  establishes  criminal  penalties for
certain violations.

     Standards  for Safety and  Soundness.  The FDI Act  requires  each  federal
banking agency to prescribe for all insured  depository  institutions  standards
relating to, among other  things,  internal  controls,  information  systems and
audit  systems,  loan  documentation,  credit  underwriting,  interest rate risk
exposure,  asset  growth  and  compensation,  fees and  benefits  and such other
operational  and  managerial  standards  as the agency  deems  appropriate.  The
federal banking  agencies have adopted  regulations  and Interagency  Guidelines
Establishing  Standards  for Safety and  Soundness  ("Guidelines")  to implement
these safety and soundness  standards.  The  Guidelines set forth the safety and
soundness  standards  that the federal  banking  agencies  use to  identify  and
address  problems at insured  depository  institutions  before  capital  becomes
impaired.  The Guidelines  address  internal  controls and information  systems;
internal audit system;  credit underwriting;  loan documentation;  interest rate
risk exposure; asset growth; asset quality; earnings; and compensation, fees and
benefits.   If  the  appropriate  federal  banking  agency  determines  that  an
institution  fails to meet a standard  prescribed by the Guidelines,  the agency
may  require  the  institution  to submit to the  agency an  acceptable  plan to
achieve compliance with the standard as required by the FDI Act. The regulations
establish  deadlines for the  submission and review of such safety and soundness
compliance plans.

     Capital   Requirements.   The  OTS  capital   regulations  require  savings
institutions to meet three capital standards:  a 1.5% tangible capital standard,
a 4% leverage  (core capital to total assets) ratio and an 8% risk based capital
standard.  Core  capital is  generally  defined as common  stockholders'  equity
(including retained earnings),  certain non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock
and related  surplus and minority  interests in equity  accounts of consolidated
subsidiaries,  less  intangibles  other than certain  mortgage  servicing rights
("MSRs") and certain  purchased credit card  relationships.  The OTS regulations
require that, in meeting the leverage  ratio,  tangible and  risk-based  capital
standards,  institutions  generally  must  deduct  investments  in and  loans to
subsidiaries  engaged in activities as principal that are not  permissible for a
national bank. In addition, the OTS prompt corrective action regulation provides
that a savings institution that has a leverage capital ratio of less than 4% (3%
for


                                       63
<PAGE>

institutions  receiving  the  highest  examination  rating) will be deemed to be
"undercapitalized"  and  may  be  subject to certain restrictions. See "--Prompt
Corrective Regulatory Action."

     The  risk-based  capital  standard  for savings  institutions  requires the
maintenance of total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary
capital) to  risk-weighted  assets of at least 8%. In determining  the amount of
risk-weighted  assets, all assets,  including certain  off-balance sheet assets,
are  multiplied by a risk-weight  of between 0% and 100%, as assigned by the OTS
capital regulation,  based on the risks OTS believes are inherent in the type of
asset.  The components of core capital are equivalent to those discussed  above.
The components of supplementary  capital generally include cumulative  preferred
stock,  long-term perpetual preferred stock,  mandatory convertible  securities,
subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock and, within specified limits,
the allowance for loan and lease losses.  Overall,  the amount of  supplementary
capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.

     The  OTS  has  incorporated  an  interest  rate  risk  component  into  its
regulatory  capital  rule.  The final  interest  rate risk rule also adjusts the
risk-weighting  for  certain  mortgage  derivative  securities.  Under the rule,
savings  associations  with "above normal"  interest rate risk exposure would be
subject to a deduction  from total  capital for  purposes of  calculating  their
risk-based capital requirements.  A savings association's  interest rate risk is
measured  by the decline in the net  portfolio  value of its assets  (i.e.,  the
difference  between  incoming  and outgoing  discounted  cash flows from assets,
liabilities  and  off-balance   sheet   contracts)  that  would  result  from  a
hypothetical  200-basis  point  increase or decrease  in market  interest  rates
divided  by the  estimated  economic  value  of  the  association's  assets,  as
calculated  in  accordance  with  guidelines  set  forth by the OTS.  A  savings
association whose measured interest rate risk exposure exceeds 2% must deduct an
interest rate  component in  calculating  its total capital under the risk-based
capital rule. The interest rate risk component is an amount equal to one-half of
the difference  between the  institution's  measured  interest rate risk and 2%,
multiplied by the estimated  economic value of the  association's  assets.  That
dollar amount is deducted  from an  association's  total capital in  calculating
compliance with its risk-based capital  requirement.  Under the rule, there is a
two quarter lag between the reporting  date of an  institution's  financial data
and the  effective  date for the new capital  requirement  based on that data. A
savings association with assets of less than $300 million and risk-based capital
ratios in excess of 12% is not  subject  to the  interest  rate risk  component,
unless the OTS determines otherwise. The rule also provides that the Director of
the OTS may waive or defer an  association's  interest rate risk  component on a
case-by-case  basis.  The OTS has  postponed  indefinitely  the  date  that  the
component  will first be deducted  from an  institution's  total  capital.  As a
result of the  recapitalization  of the bank by Greater Atlantic,  the bank paid
the assessment  and obtained a lower premium level.  At March 31, 1999, the bank
exceeded all regulatory capital requirements.

     Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. Under the OTS prompt corrective action
regulations,  the OTS is required to take certain  supervisory  actions  against
undercapitalized   institutions,   the  severity  of  which   depends  upon  the
institution's  degree of capitalization.  Generally,  a savings institution that
has a total risk-based  capital ratio of less than 8.0% or a leverage ratio or a
Tier 1 capital to  risk-based  assets ratio that is less than 4.0% is considered
to be  undercapitalized.  A  savings  institution  that  has a total  risk-based
capital  ratio less than 6.0%,  a Tier 1 risk-based  capital  ratio of less than
3.0%  or  a  leverage  ratio  that  is  less  than  3.0%  is  considered  to  be
"significantly  undercapitalized"  and a savings institution that has a tangible
capital to assets  ratio equal to or less than 2.0% is deemed to be  "critically
undercapitalized."  Subject to a narrow  exception,  the  banking  regulator  is
required  to  appoint a  receiver  or  conservator  for an  institution  that is
critically  undercapitalized.  The  regulation  also  provides  that  a  capital
restoration  plan  must be  filed  with  the OTS  within  45 days of the date an
association  receives  notice  that  it  is  "undercapitalized,"  "significantly
undercapitalized"  or "critically  undercapitalized."  Compliance  with the plan
must be  guaranteed  by any parent  company.  In  addition,  numerous  mandatory
supervisory  actions  may  become  immediately  applicable  to  the  institution
depending upon its category, including, but not limited to, increased monitoring
by regulators,  restrictions on growth and capital distributions and limitations
on  expansion.  The OTS could  also  take any one of a number  of  discretionary
supervisory  actions,  including  the  issuance of a capital  directive  and the
replacement of senior executive officers and directors.


                                       64
<PAGE>

     Insurance of Deposit Accounts.  The FDIC has adopted a risk-based insurance
assessment  system.  The FDIC  assigns an  institution  to one of three  capital
categories based on the institution's financial information, as of the reporting
period ending seven months before the assessment  period. The capital categories
are (1) well capitalized, (2) adequately capitalized or (3) undercapitalized. An
institution is also placed in one of three supervisory subcategories within each
capital group.  The supervisory  subgroup to which an institution is assigned is
based on a  supervisory  evaluation  provided  to the FDIC by the  institution's
primary  federal  regulator  and  information  that  the FDIC  determines  to be
relevant  to the  institution's  financial  condition  and the risk posed to the
deposit insurance funds. An institution's assessment rate depends on the capital
category  and  supervisory  category to which it is assigned  with the most well
capitalized, healthy institutions receiving the lowest rates.


     Deposits of the bank are presently  insured by the SAIF.  Both the SAIF and
the Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF") are statutorily required to be recapitalized
to a 1.25% of insured  reserve  deposits ratio.  Until recently,  members of the
SAIF and BIF were paying average deposit insurance assessments of between 24 and
25 basis points.  The BIF met the required reserve in 1995, whereas the SAIF was
not  expected to meet or exceed the required  level until 2002 at the  earliest.
This situation was primarily due to the statutory  requirement that SAIF members
make  payments on bonds  issued in the late 1980s by the  Financing  Corporation
("FICO") to recapitalize the predecessor to the SAIF.


     In view of the BIF's achieving the 1.25% ratio, the FDIC ultimately adopted
a new  assessment  rate schedule of from 0 to 27 basis points under which 92% of
BIF members paid an annual  premium of only $2,000.  With respect to SAIF member
institutions,  the FDIC adopted a final rule retaining the  previously  existing
assessment  rate  schedule  applicable to SAIF member  institutions  of 23 to 31
basis points.  As long as the premium  differential  continued,  it may have had
adverse  consequences  for  SAIF  members,  including  reduced  earnings  and an
impaired  ability to raise  funds in the  capital  markets.  In  addition,  SAIF
members,  such as the bank could have been placed at a  substantial  competitive
disadvantage  to BIF members  with  respect to pricing of loans and deposits and
the ability to achieve lower operating costs.


     On September  30, 1996,  the President of the United States signed into law
the Deposit  Insurance  Funds Act of 1996 (the "Funds Act")  which,  among other
things,  imposed a special  one-time  assessment  on SAIF  member  institutions,
including the bank, to recapitalize  the SAIF. As required by the Funds Act, the
FDIC  imposed a  special  assessment  of 65.7  basis  points on SAIF  assessable
deposits held as of March 31, 1995, payable November 27, 1996 (the "SAIF Special
Assessment").  Originally,  the bank was  exempted  from  paying the  assessment
because of its capital position but was required to pay higher deposit insurance
premiums.  As a result of the bank's  recapitalization,  the bank recognized the
SAIF Special  Assessment as an expense in the quarter  ended  September 30, 1998
which was tax  deductible.  The SAIF  Special  Assessment  recorded  by the bank
amounted to $84,000 on a pre-tax basis and $52,000 on an after-tax basis.


     The Funds Act also  spread the  obligations  for  payment of the FICO bonds
across all SAIF and BIF members. Beginning on January 1, 1997, BIF deposits were
assessed for a FICO payment of 1.3 basis  points,  while SAIF  deposits pay 6.48
basis points.  Full pro rata sharing of the FICO  payments  between BIF and SAIF
members  will  occur on the  earlier  of January 1, 2000 or the date the BIF and
SAIF are merged.


     As a result of the Funds Act, the FDIC effectively lowered SAIF assessments
to 0 to 27 basis points as of January 1, 1997, a range comparable to that of BIF
members. Most recently,  the FDIC determined to continue the 0 to 27 basis point
range for the second half of 1998.  SAIF members will also  continue to make the
FICO  payments  described  above.  Management  cannot  predict the level of FDIC
insurance  assessments on an on-going basis,  whether the federal thrift charter
will be eliminated or whether the BIF and SAIF will eventually be merged.


     The bank's  assessment  rate for the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1998
ranged from 35 to 9 basis  points and the regular  premium  paid for this period
was $85,000.


                                       65
<PAGE>

     The  FDIC  is  authorized  to  raise  the   assessment   rates  in  certain
circumstances.  The FDIC has exercised this authority  several times in the past
and may raise insurance  premiums in the future.  If such action is taken by the
FDIC, it could have an adverse effect on the earnings of the bank.

     Under the FDI Act, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon
a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in
an unsafe or unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or has  violated  any
applicable law, regulation,  rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the
OTS.  The  management  of the bank does not know of any  practice,  condition or
violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

     Federal  Home Loan Bank  System.  The bank is a member of the FHLB  System,
which consists of 12 regional FHLBs. The FHLB provides a central credit facility
primarily  for  member  institutions.  The bank,  as a member  of the  FHLB,  is
required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLB in an amount at
least equal to 1% of the aggregate  principal  amount of its unpaid  residential
mortgage loans and similar obligations at the beginning of each year, or 1/20 of
its advances  (borrowings) from the FHLB,  whichever is greater. The bank was in
compliance with this  requirement  with an investment in FHLB stock at March 31,
1999,  of $1.1  million.  FHLB  advances  must be secured by specified  types of
collateral  and all  long-term  advances may only be obtained for the purpose of
providing funds for residential housing finance. At March 31, 1999, the bank had
$5.0 million in FHLB advances.

     The FHLBs are  required to provide  funds for the  resolution  of insolvent
thrifts  and  to  contribute  funds  for  affordable  housing  programs.   These
requirements  could reduce the amount of  dividends  that the FHLBs pay to their
members and could also result in the FHLBs imposing a higher rate of interest on
advances  to their  members.  For the years ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997,
dividends  from the FHLB to the  bank  amounted  to  approximately  $47,000  and
$30,000, respectively. If dividends were reduced, the bank's net interest income
would likely also be reduced. Further, there can be no assurance that the impact
of recent or future  legislation  on the FHLBs will not also cause a decrease in
the value of the FHLB stock held by the bank.

     Federal  Reserve  System.  The Federal  Reserve Board  regulations  require
savings  institutions  to maintain  noninterest-earning  reserves  against their
transaction  accounts.  The Federal Reserve Board regulations  generally require
that  reserves be  maintained  against  net  aggregate  transaction  accounts as
follows:  for accounts  aggregating $46.5 million or less (subject to adjustment
by the Federal  Reserve  Board) the reserve  requirement is 3%; and for accounts
greater than $46.5 million,  the reserve  requirement is $1.395 million plus 10%
(subject to adjustment by the Federal  Reserve Board between 8% and 14%) against
that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $46.5 million. The first
$4.9 million of otherwise  reservable  balances  (subject to  adjustment  by the
Federal Reserve Board) are exempted from the reserve  requirements.  The bank is
in compliance with the foregoing requirements. Because required reserves must be
maintained in the form of either vault cash, a noninterest-bearing  account at a
Federal Reserve Bank or a pass-through account as defined by the Federal Reserve
Board,  the  effect  of  this  reserve  requirement  is  to  reduce  the  bank's
interest-earning  assets. FHLB System members are also authorized to borrow from
the Federal  Reserve  discount  window,  but Federal  Reserve Board  regulations
require institutions to exhaust all FHLB sources before borrowing from a Federal
Reserve Bank.


HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION

     The company is a  non-diversified  unitary  savings and loan company within
the meaning of the HOLA. As such,  the company will be required to register with
the OTS and will be subject to OTS  regulations,  examinations,  supervision and
reporting requirements.  In addition, the OTS has enforcement authority over the
company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries.

     As a unitary  savings  and loan  company,  the  company  is  generally  not
restricted  under existing laws as to the types of business  activities in which
it may engage,  provided  that the bank  continues to be a QTL.  See  "--Federal
Savings  Institution   Regulation--QTL   Test"  for  a  discussion  of  the  QTL
requirements.  Upon any  non-supervisory  acquisition  by the company of another
savings association,


                                       66
<PAGE>

the company  would  become a multiple  savings and loan company (if the acquired
institution is held as a separate  subsidiary) and would be subject to extensive
limitations  on the types of business  activities in which it could engage.  The
HOLA  limits the  activities  of a multiple  savings  and loan  company  and its
non-insured institution subsidiaries primarily to activities authorized for bank
holding  companies  under  Section  4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding  Company Act, as
amended (the "BHC Act"),  subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and to other
activities  authorized by OTS regulation.  No multiple  savings and loan company
may  acquire  more  than  5%  of  the  voting  stock  of a  company  engaged  in
impermissible  activities.   Proposed  legislation  would,  subject  to  certain
grandfathering,  limit the  activities of unitary  savings and loan companies to
those  permissible for multiple  savings and loan holding  companies.  See "Risk
Factors--We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision legislation."


     The HOLA prohibits a savings and loan company,  directly or indirectly,  or
through  one or more  subsidiaries,  from  acquiring  more than 5% of the voting
stock of another savings institution,  or company thereof, without prior written
approval of the OTS, and from acquiring or retaining,  with certain  exceptions,
more than 5% of a non-subsidiary  company or savings association.  The HOLA also
prohibits a savings and loan  company from  acquiring or retaining  control of a
depository   institution  that  is  not  insured  by  the  FDIC.  In  evaluating
applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions,  the OTS must
consider the financial  and  managerial  resources  and future  prospects of the
company and institution  involved,  the effect of the acquisition on the risk to
the insurance  funds, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive
factors.


     The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a
multiple savings and loan company controlling savings  institutions in more than
one state, except: (i) interstate  supervisory  acquisitions by savings and loan
holding  companies and (ii) the acquisition of a savings  institution in another
state if the laws of the state of the target  savings  institution  specifically
permit  such  acquisitions.  The states  vary in the extent to which they permit
interstate savings and loan company acquisitions.


     Although  savings and loan  holding  companies  are not subject to specific
capital  requirements  or specific  restrictions  on the payment of dividends or
other capital distributions, HOLA does prescribe such restrictions on subsidiary
savings  institutions as described  above.  The bank must notify the OTS 30 days
before declaring any dividend to the company. In addition,  the financial impact
of a company on its subsidiary  institution is a matter that is evaluated by the
OTS and the agency has authority to order cessation of activities or divestiture
of  subsidiaries  deemed to pose a threat to the  safety  and  soundness  of the
institution.


THRIFT RECHARTERING


     The Funds  Act  provides  that the BIF and the SAIF were to have  merged on
January 1, 1999,  if there were no more  savings  associations  as of that date.
Several bills have been  introduced in Congress that would eliminate the federal
thrift charter, create a uniform financial charter, abolish the OTS and restrict
savings  and loan  holding  company  activities.  The bank is unable to  predict
whether  any such  legislation  will be  enacted  or,  given  such  uncertainty,
determine  the extent to which the  legislation,  if enacted,  would  affect its
business.  The bank is also  unable  to  predict  whether  the SAIF and BIF will
eventually be merged or the federal thrift charter eliminated,  and what effect,
if any, such legislation would have on the bank.


FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS


     The  company  has  filed a  registration  statement  with the SEC under the
Securities  Act, for the  registration  of the common stock to be issued in this
public offering.  Upon completion of the public  offering,  the company's common
stock will be  registered  with the SEC under the Exchange Act. The company will
then  be  subject  to  the  information,  proxy  solicitation,  insider  trading
restrictions and other requirements under the Exchange Act.


                                       67
<PAGE>

     The  registration  of the shares of the  common  stock to be issued in this
public  offering  under the  Securities  Act does not  cover the  resale of such
shares.  Shares of the common stock  purchased by persons who are not affiliates
of the  company  may be resold  without  registration.  Shares  purchased  by an
affiliate of the company will be subject to the resale  restrictions of Rule 144
under the Securities  Act. If the company meets the current  public  information
requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, each affiliate of the company
who complies with the other conditions of Rule 144 (including those that require
the affiliate's sale to be aggregated with those of certain other persons) would
be able to sell in the public market,  without registration,  a number of shares
not  to  exceed,  in  any  three-month  period,  the  greater  of  (i) 1% of the
outstanding  shares of the company or (ii) the average  weekly volume of trading
in such shares during the preceding four calendar  weeks.  Provision may be made
in the  future  by the  company  to  permit  affiliates  to  have  their  shares
registered for sale under the Securities Act under certain circumstances.


                                       68
<PAGE>

                          FEDERAL AND STATE TAXATION

FEDERAL TAXATION

     General. The company and the bank will report their income on a fiscal year
basis  using the  accrual  method of  accounting  and will be subject to federal
income taxation in the same manner as other  corporations  with some exceptions.
The  following  discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary and does
not purport to be a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to the
bank or the  company.  The bank has not been  audited by the IRS or the Virginia
Department of Taxation ("DOT") in the past five years.

     Distributions.   To  the   extent   that  the  bank   makes   "non-dividend
distributions"  to the company that are  considered as made (i) from the reserve
for losses on qualifying real property loans, to the extent the reserve for such
losses  exceeds the amount  that would have been  allowed  under the  experience
method,  or (ii) from the  supplemental  reserve  for  losses on loans  ("Excess
Distributions"), then an amount based on the amount distributed will be included
in the bank's taxable income.  Non-dividend  distributions include distributions
in  excess  of  the  bank's  current  and  accumulated   earnings  and  profits,
distributions  in redemption of stock and  distributions  in partial or complete
liquidation.  However,  dividends  paid out of the bank's current or accumulated
earnings and profits, as calculated for federal income tax purposes, will not be
considered to result in a distribution  from the bank's bad debt reserve.  Thus,
any  dividends  to the company  that would reduce  amounts  appropriated  to the
bank's bad debt  reserve and  deducted  for federal  income tax  purposes  would
create a tax liability for the bank.  The amount of  additional  taxable  income
created by an Excess  Distribution  is an amount  that,  when reduced by the tax
attributable to the income,  is equal to the amount of the  distribution.  Thus,
if, after the  Conversion,  the bank makes a "non-dividend  distribution,"  then
approximately  one and one-half  times the amount so used would be includable in
gross  income  for  federal  income  tax  purposes,  presumably  taxed  at a 34%
corporate income tax rate (exclusive of state and local taxes). See "Regulation"
and  "Dividend  Policy" for limits on the payment of dividends of the bank.  The
bank does not intend to pay  dividends  that would  result in a recapture of any
portion of its bad debt reserve.

     Corporate  Alternative  Minimum  Tax  ("AMT").  The Code  imposes  a tax on
alternative  minimum  taxable income ("AMTI") at a rate of 20%. Only 90% of AMTI
can be offset by net operating  loss  carryovers of which the bank currently has
none.  AMTI is  increased  by an amount  equal to 75% of the amount by which the
bank's adjusted current earnings exceeds its AMTI (determined  without regard to
this preference and prior to reduction for net operating losses).  The bank does
not expect to be subject to the AMT.

     Dividends  Received  Deduction and Other  Matters.  The company may exclude
from its income 100% of dividends received from the bank as a member of the same
affiliated group of corporations.  The corporate dividends received deduction is
generally 70% in the case of dividends  received from unaffiliated  corporations
with which the  company  and the bank will not file a  consolidated  tax return,
except  that if the  company  or the bank  owns  more than 20% of the stock of a
corporation  distributing  a dividend then 80% of any dividends  received may be
deducted.

STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

     Commonwealth of Virginia. The Commonwealth of Virginia imposes a tax at the
rate of 6.0% on the  "Virginia  taxable  income"  of the bank  and the  company.
Virginia  taxable  income  is equal  to  federal  taxable  income  with  certain
adjustments.  Significant  modifications  include the  subtraction  from federal
taxable  income of interest or dividends on  obligations  or  securities  of the
United States that are exempt from state income taxes,  and a  recomputation  of
the bad debt reserve deduction on reduced modified taxable income.

     Delaware  Taxation.  As a Delaware  company not earning income in Delaware,
the company is exempt from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file
an annual report with and pay an annual  franchise tax to the State of Delaware.
However,  to the extent that the company conducts  business outside of Delaware,
the company may be considered  doing  business and subject to additional  taxing
jurisdictions outside of Delaware.


                                       69
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     General. The authorized capital stock of the company consists of 10,000,000
shares of common  stock,  par value  $0.01 per share,  and  2,500,000  shares of
preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the "Preferred  Stock"). As of March
31,  1999,  822,434  shares of common stock were issued and  outstanding  and no
shares of Preferred Stock were outstanding. As of March 31, 1999, 153,019 shares
of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding  warrants and
employee benefit plans. Since the company is a savings and loan holding company,
the right of the company,  and hence the right of creditors and  stockholders of
the company,  to  participate  in any  distribution  of assets of any subsidiary
(including  Greater  Atlantic Bank) upon its  liquidation or  reorganization  or
otherwise  is  necessarily  subject  to the  prior  claims of  creditors  of the
subsidiary, except to the extent that claims of the company itself as a creditor
of the subsidiary may be recognized.


     The following summary does not purport to be complete and is subject in all
respects to the applicable  provisions of the Delaware  General  Corporation Law
and the company's certificate of incorporation.


     Common  Stock.  Holders of common  stock are  entitled to one vote for each
share  held of  record  on each  matter  submitted  to a vote  at a  meeting  of
stockholders.  The board of directors  is divided  into three  classes as nearly
equal in number as possible,  with one third of the Board elected at each annual
meeting of  stockholders.  Each share of common stock is entitled to share,  pro
rata, in dividends and in the company's  assets in the event of its  dissolution
or liquidation.  Holders of shares of common stock do not possess any preemptive
rights. The outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.
No option,  warrant,  privilege or right has been issued or is outstanding other
than options granted under the company's stock option plans.


     Subject  to  any  prior  rights  of any  Preferred  Stock  of  the  company
outstanding,  holders of the common stock are entitled to dividends when, as and
if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally  available  therefor.
Under  Delaware  law,  the company  may pay  dividends  out of surplus  (whether
capital  surplus or earned  surplus) or net profits for the fiscal year in which
declared or for the preceding fiscal year, even if its surplus accounts are in a
deficit position.  The principal source of funds for payment of dividends by the
company  is its  subsidiary,  Greater  Atlantic  Bank.  Payments  made  by  such
subsidiary  to the  company  are  limited  by law and  regulations  of the  bank
regulatory authorities.  See "Regulation--Federal Savings Institution Regulation
- -- Limitation on Capital Distributions."


     Preferred  Stock.  The  company's  board of directors  has the authority to
issue shares of the Preferred Stock from time to time as a class without series,
or in one or more series.  The  Preferred  Stock may be issued with such voting,
dividend, redemption, sinking fund, conversion,  exchange, liquidation and other
rights as shall be determined  by resolution of the board of directors,  without
stockholder  approval.  Preferred Stock will have a preference over common stock
as to the payment of dividends,  as to the right to  distribution of assets upon
redemption of shares or upon liquidation of the company, or as to both dividends
and  assets,  and  such  other  preferences  as may be  fixed  by the  board  of
directors.


OPTIONS AND WARRANTS


     At March 31, 1999, the company had outstanding  warrants to purchase 94,685
shares and options to purchase  58,334 shares of the  company's  common stock at
exercise prices between $7.50 and $8.38 per share.  The term of the warrants and
options is 10 years.  Holders of the warrants and options have no rights to have
the underlying  shares registered under the Securities Act. The number of shares
that may be purchased  upon the exercise of warrants or options will be adjusted
in the event of a reclassification,  recapitalization or other adjustment to the
outstanding  common stock. All options and warrants granted under the 1997 Stock
Option  Plan are fully  vested and  exercisable.  The  exercise  of any of these
warrants or options will result in a dilution of the percentage of the shares of
the company's  common stock owned by each  purchaser of the common stock in this
offering.


                                       70
<PAGE>

DIVIDENDS

     Holders of shares of common stock are entitled to dividends if, when and as
declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.  The
company  has not paid any  dividends  on its common  stock and intends to retain
earnings,  if any, to finance the  development  and  expansion of its  business.
Future  dividend  policy is subject to the  discretion of the board of directors
and will depend upon a number of factors,  including  future  earnings,  capital
requirements,  regulatory  constraints.  and  the  financial  condition  of  the
company.


GENERAL VOTING REQUIREMENTS


     Except as  described in the next section  regarding  certain  supermajority
voting  requirements,  the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the
shares of common  stock  entitled  to vote is required to approve any action for
which shareholder  approval is required. A sale or transfer of substantially all
of the company's assets, liquidation, merger, consolidation,  reorganization, or
similar  extraordinary  corporate action requires the affirmative vote of 80% of
the shares of common  stock  entitled to vote  thereon.  See "Risk  Factors--Our
certificate   of   incorporation   and  bylaws  contain   supermajority   voting
requirements and other anti-takeover measures."


SUPERMAJORITY VOTING REQUIREMENTS; ANTI-TAKOVER MEASURES


     General.  The company's  certificate  of  incorporation  and bylaws contain
certain provisions  designed to enhance the ability of the board of directors to
deal with attempts to acquire  control of the company.  These  provisions may be
deemed to have an  anti-takeover  effect and may  discourage  takeover  attempts
which have not been  approved  by the board of  directors  (including  takeovers
which  certain  shareholders  may  deem to be in  their  best  interest).  These
provisions also could  discourage or make more difficult a merger.  tender offer
or proxy contest, even though such transaction may be favorable to the interests
of shareholders, and could potentially adversely affect the market price.


     The following briefly  summarizes  protective  provisions  contained in the
certificate of incorporation and bylaws. This summary is necessarily general and
is  not  intended  to  be  a  complete  description  of  all  the  features  and
consequences of those provisions,  and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws.


     Staggered  Board Terms.  The bylaws  provide that the board of directors be
divided into three classes of directors,  one class to be originally elected for
a term  expiring at the next annual  meeting of  stockholders  in 2000,  another
class to be  originally  elected for a term  expiring  at the annual  meeting of
stockholders to be held in 2001 and another class to be originally elected for a
term expiring at the annual  meeting of  stockholders  to be held in 2002,  with
each  director to hold office  until his or her  successor  is duly  elected and
qualified.


     The bylaws  provide that any  directorships  resulting from any increase in
the number of directors and any vacancies on the company's  Board resulting from
death, resignation,  disqualification, or removal, may be filled by the board of
directors,  acting by a majority of the  directors  then in office,  even though
less than a quorum,  and any director so chosen shall hold office until the next
election of the class for which such  director  shall have been chosen and until
his or her successor  shall be elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting of
stockholders  the  successors  to the class of  directors  whose term shall then
expire  shall  be  elected  to hold  office  for a term  expiring  at the  third
succeeding annual meeting. In addition,  any director may be removed from office
but only with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 80% of the capital
stock of the company entitled to vote on such matter.


     These  provisions  would  preclude a third  party from  removing  incumbent
directors  and  simultaneously  gaining  control  of the  Board by  filling  the
vacancies  created by removal with its own nominees.  Under the classified board
provisions described above, it would take at least two elections


                                       71
<PAGE>

of  directors  for any  individual  or  group  to  gain  control  of the  Board.
Accordingly,  these  provisions could discourage a third party from initiating a
proxy contest,  making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to gain control of
the company.


     Stockholder Vote Required to Approve Business Combinations. The certificate
of incorporation  require the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80% of the
company's   common  stock   entitled  to  vote  to  approve   certain   business
combinations.  If Board approval has been obtained, then the affirmative vote of
holders of only a majority of the company's  common stock entitled to vote would
be required to approve the  transaction.  Business  combinations  subject to the
supermajority  voting requirements  include (i) a merger or consolidation of the
company or any subsidiary of the company,  (ii) the sale, exchange,  transfer or
other  disposition (in one or a series of transactions) of substantially  all of
the assets of the company or a  subsidiary  of the company  having an  aggregate
fair market value,  as defined,  exceeding 25% or more of the combined assets of
the company and its  subsidiaries,  (iii) adoption of a plan or proposal for the
liquidation  or  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the  company  on  behalf of an
interested  stockholder,  as defined; or (iv) any reclassification of securities
(including any reverse stock split) or merger or  consolidation  with any of the
company's  subsidiaries  which has the effect of  increasing  the  proportionate
share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity securities of the company
directly or indirectly  owned by any interested  stockholder or any affiliate of
any interested  stockholder.  Any amendments to this provision would require the
approval of holders of at least 80% of the  company's  common stock  entitled to
vote thereon.


     This  provision  would  have  the  effect  of  making  more  difficult  the
accomplishment  of a merger or the  assumption  of control  of the  company by a
stockholder, because a higher percentage of votes would be required to approve a
business  combination if the  transaction is not approved by the company's board
of  directors.  The board of directors of the company  believes that the company
and its  stockholders  are best  served  when the Board has the  opportunity  to
objectively review and evaluate proposed transactions involving the company, and
that these provisions are desirable and in the best interests of the company and
its stockholders  because they will deter potential acquirors from influencing a
transaction that could result in stockholders receiving less than fair value for
their  shares.   These  provisions,   however,   may  make  more  difficult  the
consummation  of a transaction  that has terms  favorable to stockholders of the
company.


     Delaware  Corporate  Law. The state of Delaware  has a statute  designed to
provide  Delaware   corporations  with  additional  protection  against  hostile
takeovers.  The  takeover  statute,  which is  codified  in  Section  203 of the
Delaware  General  Corporate  Law  ("Section  203"),  is intended to  discourage
certain  takeover  practices  by impeding  the ability of a hostile  acquiror to
engage in certain transactions with the target company.


     In general,  Section 203 provides that a "Person" (as defined  therein) who
owns 15% or more of the outstanding  voting stock of a Delaware  corporation (an
"Interested  Stockholder")  may  not  consummate  a  merger  or  other  business
combination  transaction with such corporation at any time during the three-year
period  following the date such "Person" became an Interested  Stockholder.  The
term  "business  combination"  is  defined  broadly  to  cover a wide  range  of
corporate transactions  including mergers, sales of assets,  issuances of stock,
transactions  with  subsidiaries and the receipt of  disproportionate  financial
benefits.


     The statute  exempts the following  transactions  from the  requirements of
Section 203: (i) any business  combination if, prior to the date a person became
an Interested  Stockholder,  the board of directors approved either the business
combination or the  transaction  which resulted in the  stockholder  becoming an
Interested  Stockholder;  (ii) any business  combination  involving a person who
acquired at least 85% of the  outstanding  voting  stock in the  transaction  in
which he became an Interested Stockholder, with the number of shares outstanding
calculated  without regard to those shares owned by the corporation's  directors
who  are  also  officers  and  by  employee  stock  plans;  (iii)  any  business
combination  with an  Interested  Stockholder  that is  approved by the board of
directors and by a two-thirds vote of the outstanding  voting stock not owned by
the Interested  Stockholder;  and (iv) certain  business  combinations  that are
proposed after the corporation had received other


                                       72
<PAGE>

acquisition  proposals  and which are  approved  or not opposed by a majority of
continuing  members of the board of directors.  A corporation  may exempt itself
from the requirements of the statute by adopting an amendment to its certificate
of  incorporation  or bylaws  electing not to be governed by Section 203. At the
present  time,  the  board of  directors  does not  intend to  propose  any such
amendment.


                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Prior to this offering, there has been no established public trading market
for the common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the
public market could adversely affect the prevailing  market price and impair the
company's ability to raise additional funds.

     Upon  completion  of this  offering,  the  company  will  have  outstanding
2,822,434  shares of common  stock  (assuming  no exercise of the  underwriters'
over-allotment  option).  The  shares  sold in  this  offering  will  be  freely
tradeable by persons  other than  "affiliates"  of the company,  as that term is
defined in the Securities  Act. The 822,434  shares of common stock  outstanding
prior to this  offering  may not be sold  unless they are  registered  under the
Securities  Act or are sold  pursuant  to Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act or
another exemption from registration.

     As of March 31, 1999,  an  aggregate of 822,434  shares of common stock are
beneficially owned by the company's  executive  officers,  directors and current
stockholders. Our executive officers, directors and holders of 2% or more of the
company's  common  stock have agreed that for a period of 180 days from the date
of this  prospectus,  they will not sell, offer for sale or take any action that
may  constitute  a transfer of shares of common  stock.  There are also  153,019
shares  subject to  outstanding  options and warrants,  Although the sale of the
shares issued upon exercise of options and warranties  will be restricted  under
Rule 144, the sale of any number of shares of common stock in the public  market
following  the  offering  could  have an adverse  impact on the then  prevailing
market price of the shares.

     Beginning  90 days  after  the date of this  prospectus,  if a period of at
least two years has  elapsed  from the date  that  shares of common  stock  were
acquired  from the company or an affiliate  of the  company,  the holder of such
shares (including an affiliate of the company),  may sell, pursuant to Rule 144,
within any three month  period  that number of shares  which does not exceed the
greater  of 1% of the then  outstanding  shares of common  stock or the  average
weekly  trading  volume of the  common  stock  during  the four  calendar  weeks
preceding  such  sale.  Sales  pursuant  to Rule  144  are  subject  to  certain
requirements  relating to the manner of sale, notice and availability of current
public  information about the company.  If at least three years has elapsed from
the date the  shares of common  stock  were  acquired  from the  company,  or an
affiliate of the company,  and the proposed  seller has not been an affiliate of
the company at any time during the three months immediately  preceding the sale,
such  person is entitled  to sell such  shares  pursuant to Rule 144(k)  without
regard to the limitations  described  above. See "Risk Factors-- Shares Eligible
for Future Sale."


                                       73
<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITING

     Legg Mason Wood Walker,  Incorporated,  as underwriter, has agreed, subject
to the terms and conditions of its underwriting  agreement with the company,  to
purchase  from the company  2,000,000  of shares of common  stock at the initial
public offering price less the underwriting  discounts and commissions set forth
on the cover page of this  prospectus.  The  company  and the  underwriter  have
agreed  that the  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions  for shares  sold to
certain  original  stockholders  and  members of the board of  directors  of the
company shall be $0.285 per share or 3.0% of the initial public  offering price,
for up to 526,316 shares of common stock.

     The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter
are subject to certain  conditions,  and that if any of the foregoing  shares of
common  stock are  purchased  by the  underwriter  pursuant to the  underwriting
agreement,  all such shares must be so  purchased.  The  underwriter  may reject
orders in whole or in part and  withdraw,  cancel,  or modify the offer  without
notice.  The company has agreed to indemnify  the  underwriter  against  certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to
payments which the underwriter may be required to make in respect thereof.

     The  underwriter  may also  impose a penalty bid on certain  selling  group
members.  This means that if the underwriter purchases shares of common stock in
the open market to reduce the  underwriter's  short position or to stabilize the
price of the common stock,  it may reclaim the amount of the selling  concession
from the selling group members who sold those shares as part of the offering.

     The  underwriter  may  create a "short  position"  in the  common  stock in
connection with the offering,  which means that they may over-allot or sell more
shares  than  are  set  forth  on the  cover  page of  this  prospectus.  If the
underwriter  creates  a  short  position  by  such   over-allotment,   then  the
underwriter  may reduce that short  position by  purchasing  common stock in the
open  market.  The  underwriter  also may elect to reduce any short  position by
exercising all or part of the over-allotment option. In general,  purchases of a
security for the purpose of  stabilization  or to reduce a short  position could
cause the price of the  security to be higher than it might  otherwise be in the
absence of such  purchases.  The  imposition of a penalty bid might also have an
effect on the  price of a  security  to the  extent  that it were to  discourage
resales of the security.

     The company has granted to the  underwriter  a 30-day option to purchase up
to 300,000  additional  shares of common stock at the initial  offering price to
public, less the underwriting  discounts and commissions shown on the cover page
of this prospectus. To the extent such option is exercised, the underwriter will
be committed,  subject to certain conditions, to purchase such additional shares
of common stock.

     The  company  has been  advised  by the  underwriter  that the  underwriter
proposes  to offer the  shares of common  stock to the public  initially  at the
public  offering  price set forth on the cover  page of this  prospectus  and to
certain  selected  dealers at such public  offering  price less a concession  of
$0.40 per share.  The selected  dealers may reallow a  concession  not to exceed
$0.10 per share to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price, the concession to selected dealers and the reallowance to
other dealers may be changed by the  underwriter.  The company has agreed to pay
the underwriter a fee of $50,000 in consideration of the underwriter's financial
advisory services upon consummation of the offering.

     The company and each of the officers and  directors of the company and each
shareholder  and holder of options,  warrants or other  securities  exercisable,
convertible or exchangeable for common stock who beneficially owns 2% or more of
the outstanding equity securities of the company has agreed with the underwriter
that for a period of 180 days after the completion of the offering they will not
offer,  sell,  or  otherwise  dispose  of any  shares  of its  capital  stock or
securities  exchangeable  or convertible  or  exercisable  for its capital stock
other than the shares of common stock offered hereby,  except in certain limited
circumstances, without the prior written consent of the underwriter.


                                       74
<PAGE>

                                LEGAL OPINIONS

     The  legality  of the shares  offered  hereby  will be passed  upon for the
company  by  Muldoon,  Murphy &  Faucette  LLP,  5101  Wisconsin  Avenue,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20016,  and for the  underwriter  by Elias,  Matz,  Tiernan &
Herrick L.L.P., 734 15th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005.


                                    EXPERTS

     The  consolidated  financial  statements  and  schedule  included  in  this
prospectus and in the  registration  statement have been audited by BDO Seidman,
LLP, independent certified public accountants, to the extent and for the periods
set forth in their report  appearing  elsewhere  herein and in the  registration
statement and have been included herein in reliance upon such reports given upon
the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     The company has filed with the Commission a registration  statement on Form
SB-2 (File No.  333-76169)  under the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended,  with
respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus does not contain all
the information contained in the registration statement,  certain parts of which
are omitted as permitted by the rules and  regulations of the  Commission.  This
information may be inspected at the public  reference  facilities  maintained by
the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, NW, Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 and at
its regional offices at 500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois
60661;  and 7 World Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048.  Copies
may be  obtained  at  prescribed  rates  from the Public  Reference  Room of the
Commission at 450 Fifth  Street,  NW,  Washington,  D.C.  20549.  The public may
obtain  information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the
Commission  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  The  registration  statement  also is available
through   the   Commission's   World   Wide   Web  site  on  the   Internet   at
http://www.sec.gov.


                                       75


<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                  INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                    YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1997

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   PAGE
                                                              -------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Independent Auditors' Report ..............................        F-2

Financial Statements:

 Consolidated statements of financial condition ...........        F-3

 Consolidated statements of operations ....................   F-4  to F-5

 Consolidated statements of comprehensive income ..........        F-6

 Consolidated statements of stockholders' equity ..........        F-7

 Consolidated statements of cash flows ....................   F-8  to F-9

 Notes to consolidated financial statements ...............   F-10 to F-28

</TABLE>



                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


Board of Directors
Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.

     We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial
condition of Greater Atlantic  Financial Corp. as of September 30, 1998, and the
related statements of operations,  comprehensive  income,  stockholders' equity,
and cash flows for the year then ended.  We have also  audited the  accompanying
consolidated  statement of financial  condition of the predecessor  corporation,
Greater  Atlantic  Corporation,  as of  September  30,  1997,  and  the  related
statements of operations,  comprehensive income,  stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial conditions of Greater Atlantic Financial
Corp. at September 30, 1998, and the predecessor  corporation,  Greater Atlantic
Corporation at September 30, 1997, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for the years then ended.



                                                           /s/ BDO Seidman, LLP


Washington, D.C.
December 10, 1998, except for
Note 21, the date of which is
April 12, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  MARCH 31,       SEPTEMBER 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                     1999              1998             1997
                                                               ---------------   ---------------   --------------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>               <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents ..................................    $    893,931      $    433,218      $    240,035
Interest bearing deposits ..................................       9,131,230                --                --
Investment securities (Notes 3 and 10)
 Available-for-sale ........................................      77,137,716        51,171,435                --
 Held-to-maturity ..........................................              --                --         1,004,836
 Trading ...................................................              --           241,250                --
Loans held for sale (Note 4) ...............................       1,366,822        25,321,543         9,946,377
Loans receivable, net (Notes 4, 10 and 16) .................      31,364,712        25,509,868        18,854,524
Accrued interest and dividends receivable (Note 5) .........         974,504           854,767           206,772
Deferred income taxes (Note 11) ............................         679,000           997,000            60,000
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost ......................       1,112,600         1,100,000           414,400
Foreclosed real estate (Note 7) ............................         187,200            90,283           201,692
Premises and equipment, net (Note 6) .......................       1,682,885           757,792           229,014
Prepaid expenses and other assets ..........................       1,365,087           864,780           395,950
                                                                ------------      ------------      ------------
 Total Assets ..............................................    $125,895,687      $107,341,936      $ 31,553,600
                                                                ============      ============      ============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits (Note 8) ..........................................    $112,091,423      $ 76,310,537      $ 28,377,011
Advance payments from borrowers for taxes and
 insurance .................................................         267,709           247,756           118,594
Accrued expenses and other liabilities (Note 9) ............       1,543,771         1,814,024           244,179
Income taxes payable .......................................              --           152,163                --
Advances from the FHLB (Note 10) ...........................       5,000,000        22,000,000         1,250,000
                                                                ------------      ------------      ------------
 Total Liabilities .........................................     118,902,903       100,524,480        29,989,784
                                                                ------------      ------------      ------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
Stockholders' Equity (Notes 14 and 21)
 Preferred  stock  $.01  par  value -  2,500,000  shares
   authorized,  0  shares outstanding at March 31, 1999;
   $4 par value - 1,000,000 shares authorized;  0
   and 468,284 shares outstanding at September 30, 1998
   and 1997, respectively ..................................              --                --         1,873,136
 Common stock, $.01 par value - 10,000,000 shares
   authorized; 822,434, 813,473 and 330,000 shares
   outstanding, respectively ...............................           8,224             8,135             3,300
 Additional paid-in capital ................................       6,167,777         6,092,865         3,901,217
 Retained earnings (deficit) ...............................       1,031,408           609,110        (4,213,837)
 Accumulated other comprehensive income ....................        (214,625)          107,346                --
                                                                ------------      ------------      ------------
 Total Stockholders' Equity ................................       6,992,784         6,817,456         1,563,816
                                                                ------------      ------------      ------------
                                                                $125,895,687      $107,341,936      $ 31,553,600
                                                                ============      ============      ============

</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED                   YEARS ENDED
                                                         MARCH 31,                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               -----------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                    1999            1998            1998            1997
                                               -------------   -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
Interest income
 Loans .....................................    $1,867,697      $1,188,200      $2,630,943      $2,253,113
 Investments ...............................     1,922,458         265,740       1,379,881         140,710
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
Total interest income ......................     3,790,155       1,453,940       4,010,824       2,393,823
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
Interest expense
 Deposits (Note 8) .........................     2,422,773         684,037       2,163,240       1,134,824
 Borrowed money ............................       368,936          97,479         399,465         156,007
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
Total interest expense .....................     2,791,709         781,516       2,562,705       1,290,831
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
Net interest income ........................       998,446         672,424       1,448,119       1,102,992
Provision for loan losses (Note 4) .........        23,132          95,313         159,486         487,430
Net interest income after provision for
 loan losses ...............................       975,314         577,111       1,288,633         615,562
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
Noninterest income
 Fees and service charges ..................       296,104         261,682         494,433         266,435
 Gain on sale of loans .....................     4,395,835       2,609,426       5,774,281       3,261,349
                                                ----------      ----------      ----------      ----------
Total noninterest income ...................    $4,691,939      $2,871,108      $6,268,714      $3,527,784
                                                ==========      ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-4
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS -- (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED                     YEARS ENDED
                                                             MARCH 31,                       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  -------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                       1999             1998              1998             1997
                                                  -------------   ---------------   ---------------   -------------
                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                               <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>
Noninterest expense
 Compensation and employee benefits ...........    $2,936,823       $ 1,656,380       $ 3,747,657      $2,996,191
 Occupancy ....................................       449,758           193,013           497,653         325,346
 Professional services ........................       104,490            68,270           192,701         129,905
 Advertising ..................................       246,554           199,022           567,575          37,333
 Deposit insurance premium ....................        30,800            54,513            94,942          97,895
 Furniture, fixtures and equipment ............       211,305            88,177           202,715         160,186
 Data processing ..............................        62,388            77,064           132,057          90,694
 Provision for (recovery of) loss on real
   estate owned (Note 7) ......................        (5,972)            5,172             5,172         205,437
 Other real estate owned expenses (Note 7).....        10,666            13,293            28,704          35,073
 Other operating expenses .....................       940,143           539,260         1,168,061         699,150
                                                   ----------       -----------       -----------      ----------
Total noninterest expense .....................     4,986,955         2,894,164         6,637,237       4,777,210
                                                   ----------       -----------       -----------      ----------
Income (loss) before income tax provision .....       680,298           554,055           920,110        (633,864)
                                                   ----------       -----------       -----------      ----------
Income tax provision (Note 11) ................       258,000           212,000           311,000              --
                                                   ----------       -----------       -----------      ----------
Net income (loss) .............................    $  422,298       $   342,055       $   609,110      $ (633,864)
                                                   ----------       -----------       -----------      ----------
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share
 (Note 15) ....................................    $      .52       $       .44       $       .77      $    (1.92)
                                                   ==========       ===========       ===========      ==========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   SIX MONTHS ENDED                 YEARS ENDED
                                                       MARCH 31,                   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              ---------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                   1999           1998          1998           1997
                                               -------------   -----------   -----------   --------------
                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>
Net (loss) income .........................    $  422,298      $342,055      $609,110      $  (633,864)
                                               ----------      --------      --------      -----------
Other comprehensive income, net of
 tax:
 Unrealized gains (losses) on
   securities .............................      (321,971)       15,501       107,346               --
                                               ----------      --------      --------      -----------
Other comprehensive income (loss) .........      (321,971)       15,501       107,346               --
                                               ----------      --------      --------      -----------
Comprehensive (loss) income ...............    $  100,327      $357,556      $716,456      $  (633,864)
                                               ==========      ========      ========      ===========
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               ACCUMULATED
                                                               ADDITIONAL      ACCUMULATED        OTHER           TOTAL
                                     PREFERRED      COMMON       PAID-IN        EARNINGS      COMPREHENSIVE   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                       STOCK         STOCK       CAPITAL        (DEFICIT)         INCOME         EQUITY
                                  --------------- ---------- -------------- ---------------- --------------- --------------
<S>                               <C>             <C>        <C>            <C>              <C>             <C>
Balance at September 30,
 1996 ...........................  $  1,450,000    $  3,300   $  3,901,217    $ (3,579,973)    $       --     $  1,774,544
Net loss for the year ...........            --          --             --        (633,864)            --         (633,864)
Issuance of preferred
 stock (Note 14) ................       423,136          --             --              --             --          423,136
                                   ------------    --------   ------------    ------------     ----------     ------------
Balance at September 30,
 1997 ...........................     1,873,136       3,300      3,901,217      (4,213,837)            --        1,563,816
Sale of stock by former
 investors (Note 2) .............    (1,873,136)     (3,300)    (3,901,217)      4,213,837             --       (1,563,816)
Issuance of 813,473
 common shares ..................            --       8,135      6,092,865              --             --        6,101,000
Other comprehensive .............
income, net of tax of
 $65,681.........................            --          --             --              --        107,346          107,346
Net income for the year .........            --          --             --         609,110             --          609,110
                                   ------------    --------   ------------    ------------     ----------     ------------
Balance at September 30,
 1998 ...........................            --       8,135      6,092,865         609,110        107,346        6,817,456
Issuance of 8,961 common
 shares (unaudited) .............            --          89         74,912              --             --           75,001
Net income for the period
 (unaudited) ....................            --          --             --         422,298             --          422,298
Other comprehensive
 income, net of tax of
 $199,900 (unaudited)............            --          --             --              --       (321,971)        (321,971)
                                   ------------    --------   ------------    ------------     ----------     ------------
Balance at March 31, 1999
 (unaudited) ....................  $         --    $  8,224   $  6,167,777    $  1,031,408     $ (214,625)    $  6,992,784
                                   ============    ========   ============    ============     ==========     ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSSOR CORPORATION

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED                           YEARS ENDED
                                                            MARCH 31,                             SEPTEMBER 30,
                                              -------------------------------------   -------------------------------------
                                                     1999                1998                1998                1997
                                              -----------------   -----------------   -----------------   -----------------
                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss) .........................    $      422,298      $      342,055      $      609,110      $     (633,864)
Adjustments to reconcile net income
 (loss) to net cash provided by
 operating activities
Provision for loan losses .................            23,132              95,313             159,486             487,430
Provision for losses on foreclosed
 assets ...................................            (5,972)              5,172               5,172             205,437
Depreciation and amortization .............           172,138              57,736             133,099             116,242
Deferred income taxes .....................           318,000                  --            (274,000)                 --
Unrealized loss (gain) on trading
 securities ...............................            (5,750)             11,707               5,750                  --
Realized gain on sale of investments ......            (2,130)                 --                  --                  --
Amortization of excess of purchase
 price over net assets acquired ...........                --              14,330              19,600                  --
Amortization of security premiums .........           284,923              19,231             274,226               7,000
Amortization of deferred fees .............            26,688             (32,317)            (60,422)           (117,541)
Stock compensation ........................                --                  --                  --             423,136
Discount accretion net of premium
 amortization .............................           (92,235)            (43,096)              7,171             (10,378)
Loss on disposal of fixed assets ..........                --                  --               1,687                  --
Loss (gain) on sale of foreclosed real
 estate ...................................             3,547                 367                 756             (16,143)
Gain on sale of loans held for sale .......        (4,395,835)         (2,609,426)         (5,774,281)         (3,261,349)
(Increase) decrease in assets:
Disbursements for origination of loans.....      (186,528,196)       (130,383,098)       (252,602,776)       (138,202,824)
Proceeds from sales of loans ..............       214,878,752         112,268,606         243,001,891         136,823,690
Accrued interest and dividend
 receivable ...............................          (119,737)           (192,023)           (647,995)             38,979
Insurance recoveries on foreclosures ......                --                  --                  --              44,152
Prepaid expenses and other assets .........          (500,307)           (367,185)           (468,831)           (211,152)
Deferred loan fees collected, net of
 deferred costs incurred ..................           (19,087)             41,498            (227,125)             50,045
Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
Accrued expenses and other liabilities.....          (270,253)            823,061           1,569,645             124,743
Income taxes payable ......................            47,737             212,000              85,869                  --
Purchases of trading securities ...........                --                  --            (247,000)                 --
Proceeds from sale of trading
 securities ...............................           243,120                  --                  --                  --
                                               --------------      --------------      --------------      --------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
 operating activities .....................    $   24,480,833      $  (19,736,069)     $  (14,428,968)     $   (4,132,397)
                                               --------------      --------------      --------------      --------------
</TABLE>

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSSOR CORPORATION

             CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS -- (CONTINUED)





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED                        YEAR ENDED
                                                        MARCH 31,                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           -----------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                                 1999               1998               1998              1997
                                           ----------------   ----------------   ----------------   --------------
                                                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                        <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Net (decrease) increase in loans .......    $  (5,986,403)     $    (159,725)     $  (6,402,285)     $  1,767,967
Purchases of premises and equipment.....       (1,097,231)          (146,634)          (663,564)          (38,654)
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real
 estate ................................           98,569                 --             97,031            25,337
Purchases of investment securities .....      (43,736,887)       (17,501,134)       (55,971,612)               --
Proceeds from sale of investment
 securities ............................        2,265,534                 --                 --                --
Proceeds from repayments of
 investment securities .................       14,704,288          1,279,026          5,703,814                --
Purchases of FHLB stock ................       (2,565,500)          (245,600)          (758,100)               --
Proceeds from sale of FHLB stock .......        2,552,900                 --             72,500                --
Acquisition, net of cash acquired ......               --         (2,367,517)        (2,367,517)               --
                                            -------------      -------------      -------------      ------------
Net cash (used in) provided by
 investing activities ..................      (33,764,730)       (19,141,584)       (60,289,733)        1,754,650
                                            -------------      -------------      -------------      ------------
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net increase in deposits ...............       35,780,886         32,145,616         47,931,522         5,006,040
Issuance of common shares ..............           75,001          5,850,000          6,101,000                --
Net advances (repayments) from
 FHLB ..................................      (17,000,000)         1,816,000         20,750,000        (3,750,000)
Increase (decrease) in advance
 payments by borrowers for taxes
 and insurance .........................           19,953            202,370            129,362             5,084
                                            -------------      -------------      -------------      ------------
Net cash provided by financing
 activities ............................       18,875,840         40,013,986         74,911,884         1,261,124
                                            -------------      -------------      -------------      ------------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash
 equivalents ...........................        9,591,943          1,136,333            193,183        (1,116,623)
                                            -------------      -------------      -------------      ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, at
 beginning of period ...................          433,218            240,035            240,035         1,356,658
                                            -------------      -------------      -------------      ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, at end of
 period ................................    $  10,025,161      $   1,376,368            433,218      $    240,035
                                            =============      =============      =============      ============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES


NATURE OF OPERATIONS

     Greater Atlantic Financial Corp. (GAFC, or the "Company") is a bank holding
company whose  principal  activity is the  ownership  and  management of Greater
Atlantic Bank, (GAB or "the Bank"),  and its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Greater
Atlantic Mortgage  Corporation (GAMC).  Effective October 1, 1997, GAFC acquired
100% of the outstanding  shares of Greater  Atlantic Savings Bank,  F.S.B.  from
Greater Atlantic Corporation (the predecessor  corporation) and changed the name
to Greater Atlantic Bank, (See Note 2). The Bank generates commercial,  mortgage
and consumer  loans and receives  deposits from customers  located  primarily in
Virginia,  Washington, D.C. and Maryland. The Bank operates under a federal bank
charter and provides full banking services.

     GAMC was  incorporated  as a  separate  entity  on June 11,  1998 and began
independent  operations on September 1, 1998. GAMC is involved  primarily in the
origination  and sale of  single-family  mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent,
multi-family  residential and second mortgage loans.  GAMC also originates loans
for the Bank's portfolio.


PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

     The consolidated financial statements included the accounts of GAFC and its
wholly owned subsidiaries,  GAB and GAMC. All significant  intercompany accounts
and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.


INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The financial  information as of March 31, 1999 and for the six months then
ended is unaudited. In the opinion of management,  such information contains all
adjustments,  consisting only of normal recovering adjustments,  necessary for a
fair  presentation of the results for such periods.  Results for interim periods
are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for an entire year.


RISK AND UNCERTAINTIES

     In its normal course of business,  the Company  encounters two  significant
types of risk:  economic  and  regulatory.  There are three main  components  of
economic risk:  interest rate risk,  credit risk and market risk. The Company is
subject  to  interest  rate  risk  to  the  degree  that  its   interest-bearing
liabilities  mature or reprice more rapidly,  or on a different basis,  than its
interest-earning  assets.  Credit  risk is the risk of default on the  Company's
loan portfolio that results from the borrowers'  inability or  unwillingness  to
make contractually required payments.  Market risk reflects changes in the value
of collateral  underlying loans receivable and the valuation of real estate held
by the  Company.  The  determination  of the  allowance  for loan losses and the
valuation  of  real  estate  are  based  on  estimates  that  are   particularly
susceptible  to  significant  changes  in the  economic  environment  and market
conditions.  Management  believes  that,  as of March 31, 1999 and September 30,
1998,  the  allowance  for loan losses and valuation of real estate are adequate
based on information  currently  available.  A worsening or protracted  economic
decline would  increase the  likelihood of losses due to credit and market risks
and could create the need for  substantial  additional  loan loss reserves.  See
discussion of regulatory matters in Note 13.


CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK

     The  Company's  primary  business  activity  is  with  customers located in
Maryland,   Virginia  and  the  District  of  Columbia.  The  Company  primarily
originates  residential  loans to customers throughout these areas, most of whom
are residents local to the Company 's business locations. The Company


                                      F-10
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)


has a diversified  loan  portfolio  consisting of  residential,  commercial  and
consumer  loans.  Commercial  and consumer  loans  generally  provide for higher
interest  rates and shorter  terms,  however such loans have a higher  degree of
credit risk.  Management monitors all loans,  including,  when possible,  making
inspections of the properties,  maintaining  current operating  statements,  and
performing  net  realizable  value  calculations,  with  allowances  for  losses
established  as  necessary  to  properly  reflect  the value of the  properties.
Management  believes the current loss  allowances  are  sufficient  to cover the
credit risk estimated to exist at March 31, 1999 and September 30, 1998.


INVESTMENT SECURITIES

     Investment  securities which the Company has the intent and ability to hold
to maturity  are carried at amortized  cost.  The  amortization  of premiums and
accretion of discounts are recorded on the level yield (interest)  method,  over
the period from the date of purchase to maturity. When sales do occur, gains and
losses  are  recognized  at the  time of sale and the  determination  of cost of
securities  sold is based upon the specific  identification  method.  Investment
securities which the Company intends to hold for indefinite periods of time, use
for asset/liability  management or that are to be sold in response to changes in
interest  rates,  prepayment  risk, the need to increase  regulatory  capital or
other similar factors are classified as  available-for-sale  and carried at fair
value with unrealized  gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in a
separate  component of  stockholders'  equity.  If a sale does occur,  gains and
losses are  recognized  as a component of earnings at the time of the sale.  The
amortization  of premiums and  accretion of discounts  are recorded on the level
yield method.

     Investment  securities that are bought and held principally for the purpose
of  selling  them in the near term are  classified  as  trading  securities  and
reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings.


LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

     Loans receivable are stated at unpaid principal  balances,  net of unearned
discounts resulting from add-on interest,  participation or whole-loan interests
owned by  others,  un-disbursed  loans  in  process,  deferred  loan  fees,  and
allowances for loan losses.

     Loans are placed on  non-accrual  status when the  principal or interest is
past due more  than 90 days or when,  in  management's  opinion,  collection  of
principal  and  interest  is not likely to be made in  accordance  with a loan's
contractual terms.

     The allowance for loan losses  provides for the risk of losses  inherent in
the lending process.  The allowance for loan losses is based on periodic reviews
and analyses of the loan portfolio which include  consideration  of such factors
as the  risk  rating  of  individual  credits,  the size  and  diversity  of the
portfolio,  economic  conditions,  prior loss experience and results of periodic
credit reviews of the  portfolio.  The allowance for loan losses is increased by
provisions  for loan losses charged  against income and reduced by  charge-offs,
net of recoveries.  In management's  judgment,  the allowance for loan losses is
considered adequate to absorb losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

     The Company uses a two-tier approach:  (1) identification of impaired loans
and the  establishment  of  specific  loss  allowances  on such  loans;  and (2)
establishment of general valuation allowances on the remainder of the portfolio.
The Company  considers a loan to be impaired if it is probable that they will be
unable to collect all amounts due (both principal and interest) according to the
contractual  terms of the loan agreement.  When a loan is deemed  impaired,  the
Company  computes the present value of the loan's future cash flows,  discounted
at the effective  interest rate. The effective rate used is the contractual rate
adjusted for any deferred fees, deferred costs,


                                      F-11
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

premiums or discounts existing at origination. If the present value is less than
the  carrying  value  of the  loan,  a  valuation  allowance  is  recorded.  For
collateral  dependent  loans, the Company uses the fair value of the collateral,
less estimated costs to sell, on a discounted basis, to measure impairment.

     Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale are carried at the lower of
cost or  estimated  market value in the  aggregate.  Net  unrealized  losses are
recognized in a valuation allowance by charges to income.


MORTGAGE LOAN INCOME, DISCOUNTS AND PREMIUMS

     Interest income on loans is recorded on the accrual  method.  Discounts and
premiums relating to mortgage loans purchased are deferred and amortized against
or  accreted  into  income  over the  estimated  lives of the  loans  using  the
level-yield  method.  Accrual of interest is  discontinued  and an allowance for
uncollected  interest is established and charged to interest income for the full
amount of accrued interest receivable on loans which are delinquent for a period
of 90 days or more.


LOAN ORIGINATION AND COMMITMENT FEES

     Loan  origination and commitment fees and certain  incremental  direct loan
origination  costs are being deferred with the net amount being  amortized as an
adjustment of the related loan's yield.  The Company is amortizing those amounts
over the  contractual  life of the  related  loans as adjusted  for  anticipated
prepayments using current and past payment trends.


MORTGAGE LOAN SALES AND SERVICING

     The Company originates and sells loans and participating  interest in loans
generally  without  retaining  servicing  rights.  Loans are sold to provide the
Company  with  additional  funds and to  generate  gains from  mortgage  banking
operations.  Loans  originated  for sale  are  carried  at the  lower of cost or
market.  When a loan and the related  servicing are sold the Company  recognizes
any gain or loss at the time of sale.

     When servicing is retained on a loan that is sold, the Company recognizes a
gain or loss based on the present  value of the  difference  between the average
constant rate of interest it receives,  adjusted for a normal servicing fee, and
the yield it must pay to the purchaser of the loan over the estimated  remaining
life of the loan.  Any resulting net premium is deferred and amortized  over the
estimated life of the loan using a method  approximating the level-yield method.
During the years  ended  September  30,  1998 and 1997,  no loans were sold with
servicing rights  retained.  Loans of $2,863,325 were sold with servicing rights
retained as of March 31, 1999. The Company also sells participation interests in
loans that it services.


PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

     Premises and  equipment are recorded at cost.  Depreciation  is computed on
the  straight-line  method over useful  lives  ranging from five to seven years.
Leasehold  improvements  are capitalized  and amortized using the  straight-line
method over the life of the related lease.


FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE

     Real estate acquired  through  foreclosure is recorded at the lower of cost
or  fair  value  less  estimated  selling  costs.  Subsequent  to  the  date  of
foreclosure,  valuation  adjustments are made, if required, to the lower of cost
or fair value less estimated  selling  costs.  Costs related to holding the real
estate,  net of related  income,  are  reflected in  operations  when  incurred.
Recognition  of gains on sale of real estate is dependent  upon the  transaction
meeting  certain  criteria  relating to the nature of the property  sold and the
terms of the sale.


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

INCOME TAXES

     Income  taxes  are  calculated  using  the  liability  method  specified by
Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 109, "Accounting for Income
Taxes".  ("SFAS  109") The net deferred tax asset is reduced, if necessary, by a
valuation  allowance for the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available
evidence, are not expected to be realized. (See Note 11).


CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company  considers cash and interest bearing deposits in other banks as
cash and cash equivalents for purposes of preparing the statement of cash flows.


USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The  preparation  of financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported  amounts of assets and  liabilities  and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.


COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

     Statement   of   Financial   Accounting   Standards   No.  130,   Reporting
Comprehensive Income ("SFAS 130"),  establishes  standards for the reporting and
display of  comprehensive  income,  its  components  and  accumulated  balances.
Comprehensive  income is defined to include all changes in equity  except  those
resulting from investments by owners and  distributions  to owners.  Among other
disclosures, SFAS 130 requires that all items that are required to be recognized
under current  accounting  standards as components  of  comprehensive  income be
reported in a financial  statement that is displayed with the same prominence as
other financial  statements.  SFAS 130 is effective for financial statements for
periods  beginning after December 15, 1997. The Company adopted SFAS 130 for the
six months ended March 31, 1999 and has  restated  comparative  information  for
earlier years presented.


STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

     The Company records  stock-based  compensation under the provisions of SFAS
123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation,"  which  permits  entities to
recognize, as expense over the vesting period, the fair value of all stock-based
awards on the date of grant.

     Alternatively,  SFAS 123 also  allows  entities  to  continue  to apply the
provision of Accounting  Principles Board (APB) Opinion 25 and provide pro forma
net income and pro forma  earnings  per share  disclosures  for  employee  stock
option  grants as if the  fair-value-based  method  defined in SFAS 123 had been
applied.  The Company has  elected to  continue to apply the  provisions  of APB
Opinion 25, which requires compensation expense be recorded on the date of grant
only if the current  market price of the  underlying  stock exceeds the exercise
price, and provide the pro forma disclosure  provisions of SFAS 123. See Note 14
of the notes to consolidated  financial  statements for the pro forma net income
and pro forma earnings per share disclosures.


RECLASSIFICATIONS

     Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current
method of presentation.


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

2. ACQUISITION

     Effective October 1, 1997, Greater Atlantic Financial Corp.  purchased 100%
of the outstanding common and preferred shares of Greater Atlantic Savings Bank,
F.S.B.  from Greater  Atlantic  Corporation.  The aggregate  purchase  price was
approximately  $2,028,000,  excluding transaction  expenses.  The acquisition is
being accounted for as a purchase,  and  accordingly,  the financial  statements
include assets and liabilities  acquired at fair value and results of operations
from the date of  acquisition.  As a result  of this  transaction,  goodwill  of
approximately  $700,000 was recorded and was being  amortized on a straight-line
basis over 15 years.  In accordance  with SFAS 109, when the Company reduced the
valuation allowance related to the deferred tax assets, it first reduced to zero
the goodwill related to the acquisition. (See Notes 11 and 19).


3. INVESTMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             GROSS           GROSS
                                           AMORTIZED      UNREALIZED      UNREALIZED         MARKET
                                              COST           GAINS          LOSSES           VALUE
                                         -------------   ------------   --------------   -------------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>            <C>              <C>
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE, MARCH 31, 1999
Investment securities
Equity securities ....................   $ 9,093,224       $     --       $  (76,047)    $ 9,017,177
 SBA notes ...........................    31,464,727          3,630         (302,674)     31,165,683
 FHLB notes ..........................     1,000,000             --          (10,940)        989,060
 CMO's ...............................     1,730,782          6,505               --       1,737,287
 Corporate debt securities ...........     2,112,341         99,299           (2,750)      2,208,890
                                         -----------       --------       ----------     -----------
                                          45,401,074        109,434         (392,411)     45,118,097
                                         -----------       --------       ----------     -----------
Mortgage-backed securities
 FNMA notes ..........................    21,287,118         18,867          (70,899)     21,235,086
 GNMA notes ..........................     3,070,301          1,827          (19,489)      3,052,639
 FHLMC notes .........................     5,181,879             --          (32,610)      5,149,269
 REMICS ..............................     2,546,188         36,437               --       2,582,625
                                         -----------       --------       ----------     -----------
                                          32,085,486         57,131         (122,998)     32,019,619
                                         -----------       --------       ----------     -----------
                                         $77,486,560       $166,565       $ (515,409)    $77,137,716
                                         ===========       ========       ==========     ===========
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE, SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
Investment securities
 SBA notes ...........................   $22,561,220       $109,458       $  (32,339)    $22,638,339
 FHLB notes ..........................     8,565,000          9,063               --       8,574,063
 FHLMC notes .........................     1,000,000             --               --       1,000,000
                                         -----------       --------       ----------     -----------
                                          32,126,220        118,521          (32,339)     32,212,402
                                         -----------       --------       ----------     -----------
Mortgage-backed securities ...........
 FNMA notes ..........................    11,027,100         94,873          (41,087)     11,080,886
 GNMA notes ..........................     3,723,282          4,842          (11,763)      3,716,361
 FHLMC notes .........................     1,562,906            337           (2,238)      1,561,005
 REMICS ..............................     2,558,900         41,881               --       2,600,781
                                         -----------       --------       ----------     -----------
                                          18,872,188        141,933          (55,088)     18,959,033
                                         -----------       --------       ----------     -----------
                                         $50,998,408       $260,454       $  (87,427)    $51,171,435
                                         ===========       ========       ==========     ===========

TRADING SECURITIES, SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
Investment Securities
 Corporate notes .....................   $   247,000       $     --       $   (5,750)    $   241,250
                                         ===========       ========       ==========     ===========
HELD-TO-MATURITY, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
Investment securities
 FHLB notes ..........................   $ 1,004,836       $     --       $   (6,398)    $   998,438
                                         ===========       ========       ==========     ===========
</TABLE>



                                      F-14
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     The weighted  average  interest rate on  investments  was 7.28% for the six
months  ended March 31,  1999 and 7.57% and 4.72% for the years ended  September
30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     Proceeds from available for sale securities were $2,265,534,  $0 and $0 for
the six months ended March 31, 1999 and the years ended  September  30, 1998 and
1997,  respectively.  Gross  realized  gains were $6,010,  $0 and $0 for the six
months  ended March 31, 1999 and the years  ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

     The amortized  cost and estimated fair value of securities at September 30,
1998, by contractual maturity, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
                                                        ------------------------------
                                                          AMORTIZED          FAIR
                                                             COST            VALUE
                                                        -------------   --------------
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>
         Amounts Maturing In:
         One year or less ...........................   $        --      $        --
         After one year through five years ..........     6,523,001        6,537,857
         After five years through ten years .........     8,099,321        8,089,270
         After ten years ............................    20,062,798       20,186,057
         Mortgage-backed securities .................    16,313,288       16,358,251
                                                        -----------      -----------
                                                        $50,998,408      $51,171,435
                                                        ===========      ===========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    TRADING
                                                           --------------------------
                                                            AMORTIZED        FAIR
                                                              COST           VALUE
                                                           -----------    -----------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>
  Amounts Maturing In:
  After ten years .................                         $247,000        $241,250
                                                            ========        ========
</TABLE>

     Actual  maturities may differ from contractual  maturities  because issuers
may have  the  right  to call or  prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or
prepayment penalties.

4. LOANS RECEIVABLE

     Loans receivable consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                 MARCH 31,     --------------------------------
                                                   1999             1998              1997
                                              --------------   --------------   ---------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>              <C>
Mortgage loans:
 Single-family ............................    $ 17,189,223     $ 17,198,151     $  8,778,361
 Multi-family .............................       1,050,335        1,189,000        1,653,000
 Construction .............................       4,310,000        5,519,562        6,794,850
 Commercial real estate ...................       3,908,378        2,246,457        2,554,591
 Land loans ...............................         814,682          723,198        1,176,750
                                               ------------     ------------     ------------
Total mortgage loans ......................      27,272,618       26,876,368       20,957,552
Commercial loans ..........................       2,059,921          813,542          795,123
Consumer loans ............................       4,237,802          746,353          778,492
                                               ------------     ------------     ------------
Total loans ...............................      33,570,341       28,436,263       22,531,167
                                               ------------     ------------     ------------
Due borrowers on loans-in process .........      (1,636,302)      (2,276,168)      (2,750,676)
Deferred loan fees ........................          16,524          (37,310)         (54,714)
Allowance for loan losses .................        (610,000)        (577,929)        (776,150)
Unearned premium (discounts) ..............          24,149          (34,988)         (95,103)
                                               ------------     ------------     ------------
                                                 (2,205,629)      (2,926,395)      (3,676,643)
                                               ------------     ------------     ------------
Loans receivable, net .....................    $ 31,364,712     $ 25,509,868     $ 18,854,524
                                               ============     ============     ============
</TABLE>

                                      F-15
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

Loans held for sale are all single-family mortgage loans.

     The activity in allowance for loan losses is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           SIX MONTHS ENDED                  YEARS ENDED
                                               MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                      ---------------------------   -----------------------------
                                          1999           1998            1998            1997
                                      -----------   -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>
Balance, beginning ................    $577,929      $  776,150      $  776,150      $  429,257
Provision for loan losses .........      23,132          95,313         159,486         487,430
Charge-offs .......................      (1,061)       (171,463)       (362,707)       (140,537)
Recoveries ........................      10,000              --           5,000              --
                                       --------      ----------      ----------      ----------
Balance, ending ...................    $610,000      $  700,000      $  577,929      $  776,150
                                       ========      ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

     The amount of loans serviced for others totaled $4,039,997,  $1,720,790 and
$1,204,968  as of March 31, 1999,  September  30, 1998 and  September  30, 1997,
respectively.

     The allowance for  uncollected  interest,  established  for mortgage  loans
which are delinquent for a period of 90 days or more,  amounted to $499, $13,762
and $38,542 as of March 31, 1999,  September  30, 1998 and  September  30, 1997,
respectively.  This is the entire amount of interest income that would have been
recorded in these periods under the contractual  terms of such loans.  Principal
balances of  non-performing  loans related to reserves for uncollected  interest
totaled $12,058, $230,320 and $665,408 as of March 31, 1999, September 30, 1998,
and September 30, 1997, respectively.


5. ACCRUED INTEREST AND DIVIDENDS RECEIVABLE

     Accrued interest and dividends receivable consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                MARCH 31,   ------------------------
                                                  1999          1998         1997
                                               ----------   -----------   ----------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>           <C>
   Investments .............................    $609,305     $583,642      $ 17,916
   Loans receivable ........................     342,088      254,010       181,365
   Accrued dividends on FHLB stock .........      23,111       17,115         7,491
                                                --------     --------      --------
                                                $974,504     $854,767      $206,772
                                                ========     ========      ========
</TABLE>

6. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

     Premises and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                   MARCH 31,     ----------------------------
                                                      1999            1998           1997
                                                 -------------   -------------   ------------
<S>                                              <C>             <C>             <C>
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment .........    $1,693,021      $1,311,262     $ 827,101
   Leasehold improvements ....................     1,243,833         526,361       520,754
                                                  ----------      ----------     ---------
                                                   2,936,854       1,837,623     1,347,855
   Less: Allowances for depreciation and
    amortization .............................     1,253,969       1,079,831     1,118,841
                                                  ----------      ----------     ---------
                                                  $1,682,885      $  757,792     $ 229,014
                                                  ==========      ==========     =========
</TABLE>



                                      F-16
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

7. FORECLOSED REAL ESTATE

     Foreclosed real estate is summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                           MARCH 31,    --------------------------
                                                             1999           1998          1997
                                                         ------------   -----------   ------------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>           <C>
   Real estate acquired through settlement of loans.      $ 187,200      $ 90,283      $ 201,692
                                                          =========      ========      =========

</TABLE>

   The cost of  operations  for  foreclosed  real  estate in the  statements  of
   operations consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED                   YEARS ENDED
                                                          MARCH 31,                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                -----------------------------   ------------------------------
                                                     1999            1998            1998            1997
                                                -------------   -------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                                             <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
   INCOME:
   Gain on sale .............................     $      --       $      --       $      --       $   16,143
                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------       ----------
   EXPENSE:
   Loss on sale .............................         3,547              --             756               --
   Provision for (recovery of) loss .........        (5,972)          5,172           5,172          205,437
   Operating expenses .......................        10,666          13,293          28,704           35,073
                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------       ----------
                                                      8,241          18,465          34,632          240,510
                                                  ---------       ---------       ---------       ----------
   Loss .....................................     $  (8,241)      $ (18,465)      $ (34,632)      $ (224,367)
                                                  =========       =========       =========       ==========
</TABLE>

     Activity  in  the  provision  for  losses  on  foreclosed  real  estate  is
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
     Balance at September 30, 1996 ..................    $       --
     Provision charged to expense ...................       205,437
                                                         ----------
     Balance at September 30, 1997 ..................       205,437
     Provision charged to income ....................        (5,172)
     Charge-offs, net of recoveries .................      (178,360)
                                                         ----------
     Balance at September 30, 1998 ..................        21,905
     Provision (recovery) charged to income .........        (5,972)
     Charge-offs, net of recoveries .................       (11,133)
                                                         ----------
     Balance at March 31, 1999 ......................    $    4,800
                                                         ==========

</TABLE>



                                      F-17
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

8. DEPOSITS

     Deposits are summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       RANGES OF
                                                                      CONTRACTUAL
                MARCH 31, 1999                        AMOUNT        INTEREST RATES         %
- ----------------------------------------------   ---------------   ----------------   ----------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>                <C>
Savings accounts .............................    $    925,278        3.00%                0.8
NOW/Money market accounts ....................      17,632,938     0.00 - 5.00%           15.7
Certificates of deposit ......................      89,877,365     4.50 - 6.50%           80.2
Non-interest bearing demand deposits .........       3,655,842        0.00%                3.3
                                                  ------------     -------               -----
                                                  $112,091,423                           100.0
                                                  ============                           =====
           SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
- -----------------------------------------------
Savings accounts .............................    $    702,583        3.00%                0.9
NOW/Money market accounts ....................       6,761,000     0.00 - 5.23%            8.9
Certificates of deposit ......................      55,422,137     4.50 - 6.50%           72.6
Non-interest bearing demand deposits .........      13,424,817        0.00%               17.6
                                                  ------------     -------               -----
                                                  $ 76,310,537                           100.00
                                                  ============                           ======
           SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------
Savings accounts .............................    $    678,165        3.00%                2.4
NOW/Money market accounts ....................       2,789,000     0.00 - 4.00%            9.8
Certificates of deposit ......................      16,710,116     4.40 - 6.50%           58.9
Non-interest bearing demand deposits .........       8,199,730        0.00%               28.9
                                                  ------------     -------               ------
                                                  $ 28,377,011                           100.00
                                                  ============                           ======
</TABLE>

     Certificates of deposit as of September 30, 1998 mature as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     YEARS ENDING
                     SEPTEMBER 30,
               -----------------------
<S>                       <C>
               1999 ................    $49,357,833
               2000 ................      5,719,139
               2001 ................        127,310
               2002 ................         26,420
               2003 ................        191,435
                                         -----------
                                        $55,422,137
                                         ===========

</TABLE>

     Interest expense on deposit accounts consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED              YEARS ENDED
                                             MARCH 31,                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                     -------------------------  --------------------------
                                         1999          1998         1998          1997
                                     ------------  -----------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                  <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Now/Money market accounts .........   $  292,635    $ 48,810     $  168,301    $  102,888
Savings accounts ..................       13,162      13,440         29,516        27,950
Certificates of deposit ...........    2,116,976     621,787      1,965,423     1,003,986
                                      ----------    --------     ----------    ----------
                                      $2,422,773    $684,037     $2,163,240    $1,134,824
                                      ==========    ========     ==========    ==========
</TABLE>



                                      F-18
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     Deposits,  including  certificates  of deposit,  with balances in excess of
$100,000  totaled  $41,156,243,  $34,515,472  and  $9,442,598 at March 31, 1999,
September 30, 1998, and September, 30, 1997, respectively.


9. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

     On October 30,  1997,  the Company  adopted a deferred  compensation  plan.
Under the deferred  compensation  plan, an employee may elect to  participate by
directing that all or part of his or her  compensation be credited to a deferral
account.  The election must be made prior to the beginning of the calendar year.
The deferral  account bears interest at 6% per year. The amounts credited to the
deferral  account are payable in preferred  stock or cash at the election of the
Board of Directors on the date the Company  announces a change in control or the
date three  years from the date the  participant  elects to  participate  in the
deferred  compensation plan. At March 31, 1999 and September 30, 1998,  $500,000
was accrued as deferred compensation.


10. ADVANCES FROM FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AND OTHER BORROWINGS

     The Bank has $22,000,000 Credit  availability as of September 30, 1998 from
the  Federal  Home  Loan Bank of  Atlanta  (FHLB),  which it uses to fund  loans
originated by Greater Atlantic Mortgage  Corporation.  Any advances in excess of
$10 million are required to be  collateralized  with  eligible  securities.  The
credit availability is at the discretion of the FHLB.

     The following  table sets forth  information  regarding the Bank's borrowed
funds:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      AT OR FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED     AT OR FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                                MARCH 31,                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     -------------------------------- -------------------------------
                                                           1999             1998            1998            1997
                                                     ---------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
<S>                                                  <C>              <C>             <C>             <C>
FHLB Advances:
Average balance outstanding ........................   $ 13,664,500     $ 2,455,148    $  5,358,094     $ 2,867,329
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
 during the period .................................      5,000,000              --      22,000,000       2,600,000
Balance outstanding at end of period ...............      5,000,000              --      22,000,000       1,250,000
Weighted average interest rate during the period ...           4.76%           5.70%           5.34%           5.44%
Weighted average interest rate at end of period ....           3.98%             --            6.00%           6.55%
Reverse Repurchase Agreements:
Average balance outstanding ........................   $  1,548,997     $   993,165    $  2,014,881     $        --
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end
 during the period .................................             --       3,071,500       3,971,000              --
Balance outstanding at end of period ...............             --       3,066,000              --              --
Weighted average interest rate during the period ...           5.68%           5.64%           5.66%             --
Weighted average interest rate at end of period ....             --            5.74%             --              --
</TABLE>


                                      F-19
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     The  Bank  has  pledged  certain   investments   with  carrying  values  of
$26,573,656 at September 30, 1998, to collateralize advances from the FHLB.

     First  mortgage loans in the amount of $3,102,929 are pledged as collateral
for the advances at September 30, 1998.


11. INCOME TAXES

     The following is a summary of the income tax provision:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SIX MONTHS ENDED              YEARS ENDED
                                                  MARCH 31,                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                         ---------------------------   ----------------------
                                              1999           1998          1998         1997
                                         -------------   -----------   ------------   -------
<S>                                      <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>
Current - Federal provision ..........     $ (48,000)     $170,000      $  467,000     $ --
State provision ......................       (12,000)       42,000         119,000       --
                                           ---------      --------      ----------     ----
                                             (60,000)      212,000         586,000       --
Deferred - Federal and state .........       318,000            --        (275,000)      --
                                           ---------      --------      ----------     ----
                                           $ 258,000      $212,000      $  311,000     $ --
                                           =========      ========      ==========     ====
</TABLE>

     The  provision  for  income  taxes  differs  from the  amount of income tax
determined by applying the applicable U.S.  statutory federal income tax rate to
pre-tax income as a result of the following differences:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED                  YEARS ENDED
                                                          MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                  -------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                      1999          1998           1998             1997
                                                  -----------   -----------   --------------   --------------
<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>              <C>
Federal tax expense (benefit) .................    $ 231,400     $188,400       $  311,000       $ (191,000)
State tax expense (benefit) ...................       40,800       33,200           74,000          (54,000)
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
Change in the valuation allowance .............           --           --           20,000          245,000
Permanent differences .........................           --           --          (16,000)              --
Change in effective deferred tax rate .........           --           --          (63,000)              --
Other .........................................      (14,200)      (9,600)         (15,000)              --
                                                   ---------     --------       ----------       ----------
Income tax provision (benefit) ................    $ 258,000     $212,000       $ (311,000)      $       --
                                                   =========     ========       ==========       ==========
</TABLE>


                                      F-20
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         MARCH 31,    ------------------------------
                                                           1999           1998             1997
                                                       ------------   ------------   ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>            <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
 Net operating loss carryforwards ..................   $ 656,000      $ 679,000       $    698,000
 Allowance for loan loss ...........................     240,000        227,000            238,000
 Loans held for sale ...............................       9,000        292,000             87,000
 Core deposit intangible ...........................      67,000         67,000             65,000
 Deferred loan fees ................................      44,000         43,000             43,000
 Book over tax depreciation ........................      66,000         66,000             63,000
 Post foreclosure writedown on foreclosed
   assets ..........................................          --          9,000             69,000
 Compensation payable ..............................     196,000        196,000                 --
 Net discounts (premiums) on second trusts .........      47,000         48,000                 --
 Miscellaneous items ...............................      55,000         46,000             25,000
                                                       ---------      ---------       ------------
 Total deferred tax assets .........................   1,380,000      1,673,000          1,288,000
                                                       ---------      ---------       ------------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
 FHLB stock dividends ..............................      39,000         39,000             38,000
 Deferred origination costs ........................     114,000         89,000                 --
                                                       ---------      ---------       ------------
 Total deferred tax liabilities ....................     153,000        128,000             38,000
                                                       ---------      ---------       ------------
 Net deferred tax assets ...........................   1,227,000      1,545,000          1,250,000
 Less: Valuation allowance .........................    (548,000)      (548,000)        (1,190,000)
                                                       ---------      ---------       ------------
   Total ...........................................   $ 679,000      $ 997,000       $     60,000
                                                       =========      =========       ============
</TABLE>

     Management has provided a valuation  allowance for net deferred tax assets,
as they  believe  that it is more  likely  than not that the  entire  amount  of
deferred tax assets will not be realized.  During the year ended  September  30,
1998 the  Company  increased  its  deferred  tax asset by  $662,000  by reducing
goodwill  associated  with the  acquisition  of Greater  Atlantic  Savings Bank,
F.S.B.

     At September 30, 1998, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for
federal income tax purposes of approximately $1,728,000,  which are available to
offset future federal taxable income,  if any,  through 2011. As a result of the
change in ownership of the Bank, the amount of any tax loss  carryforward  usage
is restricted to an annual limitation of approximately $114,000.

     During  the six  months  ended  March 31,  1999,  the  Company's  estimated
effective  income  tax  rate is 38%,  which  was  calculated  based  on the best
information currently available.


12. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk
in the normal  course of business to meet the  financing  needs of its customers
and to  reduce  its own  exposure  to  fluctuations  in  interest  rates.  These
financial  instruments include commitments to extend credit,  standby letters of
credit, and financial guarantees. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees,
elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount  recognized in
the balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect
the extent of  involvement  the Company has in  particular  classes of financial
instruments.

     The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
other party to the financial  instrument  for  commitments  to extend credit and
standby letters of credit and financial


                                      F-21
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

guarantees  written is represented by the  contractual  notional amount of those
instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and
conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

     At September 30, 1998, the Company had outstanding commitments to originate
loans  aggregating  approximately  $22,166,423.  Fixed rate  commitments  are at
market rates as of the commitment dates and generally expire within 60 days.

     In addition,  the Company was  contingently  liable under unfunded lines of
credit  for   approximately   $693,000   and  standby   letters  of  credit  for
approximately $103,000.

     Effective October 1, 1998, the Company renewed an employment agreement with
the executive in charge of its mortgage  division  which calls for a base salary
of $108,000 plus bonuses based on loan closings and net income levels.  The term
of this agreement is for one year and can be automatically extended.

     Effective  November  1,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into  a  three  year
employment agreement with the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank.
The agreement can be  automatically  extended and was extended for an additional
year  effective  October 9, 1998.  The  agreement  periods  for a base salary of
$120,000 per year.


RENTAL COMMITMENTS

     The  Company has entered  into lease  agreements  for the rental of certain
properties  expiring on various dates through March 13, 2003. The future minimum
rental  commitments  as of September  30,  1998,  for all  noncancellable  lease
agreements, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDING               RENTAL       SUBLEASE          NET
SEPTEMBER 30,           COMMITMENTS      INCOME       COMMITMENT
- --------------------   -------------   ----------   --------------
<S>                    <C>             <C>          <C>
1999 ...............    $  731,467      $ 23,247     $   708,220
2000 ...............       593,893            --         593,893
2001 ...............       592,389            --         592,389
2002 ...............       610,193            --         610,193
2003 ...............       563,404            --         563,404
Thereafter .........     1,630,063            --       1,630,063
                        ----------      --------     -----------
 Total .............    $4,721,409      $ 23,247     $ 4,698,162
                        ==========      ========     ===========

</TABLE>

     Net rent  expense  for the six months  ended  March 31,  1999 and March 31,
1998, was $409,048 and $175,876, respectively, and for the years ended September
30, 1998 and September 30, 1997 was $454,613 and $222,994, respectively.

     The  Company has  entered  into  sublease  agreements  with a tenant  which
occupies  space in the  Rockville  branch  office.  The  sublease  terms for the
Rockville branch office expire in January 1999. Rental income for the six months
ended March 31, 1999 and March 30, 1998 was $25,647 and  $39,670,  respectively,
and for the years ended  September  30,  1998 and 1997 was $79,340 and  $74,787,
respectively.


13. REGULATORY MATTERS

     The  Bank  qualifies  as  a  Tier  1  institution   and  may  make  capital
distributions  during a calendar  year up to 100% of its net income to date plus
the amount  that would  reduce by  one-half  its  surplus  capital  ratio at the
beginning  of the  calendar  year.  Any  distributions  in excess of that amount
require prior notice to the OTS, with the  opportunity  for the OTS to object to
the distribution. A Tier 1


                                      F-22
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

institution  is defined as an  institution  that has, on a pro forma basis after
the  proposed  distribution,  capital  equal to or  greater  than the OTS  fully
phased-in capital  requirement and has not been deemed by the OTS to be "in need
of more than normal  supervision".  The Bank is currently classified as a Tier 1
institution for these purposes.  The Capital  Distribution  Regulation  requires
that the institution  provide the applicable OTS District Director with a 30-day
advance  written  notice of all proposed  capital  distributions  whether or not
advance  approval  is  required  by the  regulation.  The  Bank  did not pay any
dividends  during the  periods  ended  March 31,  1999,  September  30, 1998 and
September 30, 1997.

     Effective  December 19,  1992,  the  President  signed into law the Federal
Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  Improvement  Act of 1991 (FDICIA).  The "Prompt
Corrective  Action"  section of FDICIA  created  five  categories  of  financial
institutions  based on the  adequacy of their  regulatory  capital  level:  well
capitalized,    adequately    capitalized,    undercapitalized,    significantly
undercapitalized   and  critically   undercapitalized.   Under  FDICIA,  a  well
capitalized  financial  institution  is one with Tier 1 leverage  capital of 5%,
Tier 1 risk-based  capital of 6% and total  risk-based  capital of 10%. At March
31, 1999 and September 30, 1998, the Bank was  classified as a well  capitalized
financial institution.

     As  part  of  FDICIA,  the  minimum  capital  requirements that the Bank is
subject  to  are  as  follows:  1)  tangible  capital  equal to at least 1.5% of
adjusted  total  assets,  2) core capital equal to at least 4% of adjusted total
assets  and  3)  total  risk-based  capital  equal  to at least 8% of risk-based
assets.

     The following  presents the Bank's  capital  position at March 31, 1999 and
September 30, 1998:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 REQUIRED      REQUIRED        ACTUAL        ACTUAL
     AT MARCH 31, 1999           BALANCE        PERCENT       BALANCE       PERCENT       SURPLUS
- ---------------------------   -------------   ----------   -------------   ---------   -------------
<S>                           <C>             <C>          <C>             <C>         <C>
Tangible ..................    $1,888,240         1.50%     $7,018,701        5.58%     $5,130,461
Core ......................    $5,035,306         4.00%     $7,018,701        5.58%     $1,983,395
Risk-based ................    $2,965,625         8.00%     $7,628,701       12.86%     $4,663,076
    AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
- ----------------------------
Tangible ..................    $1,602,717         1.50%     $6,277,002        5.87%     $4,674,285
Core ......................    $4,273,911         4.00%     $6,277,002        5.87%     $2,003,091
Risk-based ................    $2,727,774         8.00%     $6,705,090       19.66%     $3,977,316
</TABLE>

     The  following is a  reconciliation  of the Bank's net worth as reported to
the OTS to GAAP capital as presented in the accompanying financial statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        MARCH 31,     -----------------------------
                                                           1999            1998            1997
                                                      -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>             <C>
GAAP Capital ......................................    $6,850,251      $6,384,348      $1,563,816
Less: Unrealized (gains) losses on available for
 sale securities ..................................       168,450        (107,346)             --
                                                       ----------      ----------      ----------
Tangible Capital ..................................     7,018,701       6,277,002       1,563,816
Core Capital ......................................     7,018,701       6,277,002       1,563,816
Plus: Allowance for general loss reserves .........       610,000         428,088         246,000
                                                       ----------      ----------      ----------
Risk-Based Capital ................................    $7,628,701      $6,705,090      $1,809,816
                                                       ==========      ==========      ==========
</TABLE>

     Failure to meet any of the three  capital  requirements  after  December 7,
1989  causes  savings   institutions   to  be  subject  to  certain   regulatory
restrictions  and  limitations  including  a  limit  on  asset  growth,  and the
requirement  to  obtain  regulatory  approval  before  certain  transactions  or
activities are entered into.

     On  December  18,  1995,  a new  supervisory  agreement  became  effective,
replacing the previous written  agreement.  The new agreement required the Board
of Directors to submit a business plan and


                                      F-23
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

a  capital  plan,  to  establish  internal  control  and  audit  procedures,  as
necessary,  and to provide for proper self classification of assets and adequate
recordkeeping.  During the year ended September 30, 1997 Bank implemented a plan
and  submitted  quarterly  reports to the OTS. The  objectives  of the plan were
successfully  met during these  periods.  In October  1997,  the OTS removed the
supervisory   agreement   upon  approval  of  the  stock  purchase  by  the  new
shareholders (see Note 2).

     The FDIC  proposed,  and enacted into law on September 30, 1996, a one-time
assessment on all SAIF-insured  deposits of approximately  .67 cents per $100 of
domestic  deposits  held as of March  31,  1995.  This  one-time  assessment  is
intended  to  recapitalize  the SAIF to the  required  level of 1.25% of insured
deposits.  On November 8, 1996,  the Bank received an exemption  from paying the
special  assessment.  However,  the Bank was required to pay regular semi-annual
assessments  to the SAIF from the first  semi-annual  period of 1997 through the
second  semi-annual  period of 1999 according to the schedule of rates in effect
for SAIF  members  on June 30,  1995.  As a result  of the  stock  purchase  and
recapitalization  of the Bank  (see  Note 2),  the Bank has  elected  to pay the
assessment through a one-time payment. Accordingly, for the year ended September
30, 1998 the Bank paid approximately $83,000 for the assessment.


14. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     On  September  30,  1993,  a  group  of  individuals  acquired  49%  of the
outstanding  common stock of the Bank from the sole stockholder.  Simultaneously
with this purchase,  both the new purchasers  ("minority  stockholders") and the
existing stockholder ("majority stockholder"), exchanged their stock in the Bank
for  stock  in a  newly  formed  holding  company.  Additionally,  the  minority
stockholders purchased 362,500 shares of noncumulative perpetual preferred stock
in the amount of $1,450,000 from the Bank. Effective October 1, 1997, all shares
of preferred and common stock were purchased as part of the business combination
(see Note 2).

     Effective November 14, 1998, the Company  established the 1997 Stock Option
and Warrant Plan (the "Plan").  The Plan  reserves  options for 76,667 shares to
employees and warrants for 94,685 shares to stockholders.  The stock options and
warrants  vest  immediately  upon issuance and carry a maximum term of 10 years.
The exercise  price for the stock  options and warrants is the fair market value
at grant date. As of September 30, 1998, 94,685 warrants were issued.

     The following summary represents the activity under the Plan:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER    EXERCISE   EXPIRATION
                                                 OR SHARES     PRICE       DATE
                                                ----------- ---------- -----------
<S>                                             <C>         <C>        <C>
         At October 1, 1997 ...................        --
         Options granted ......................    16,667     $ 7.50   11-14-2007
                                                   ------
         Balance outstanding at September 31, 1998.16,667
         Options granted ......................    41,667     $ 8.38   11-29-2008
                                                   ------
         Balance outstanding at March 31, 1999     58,334
                                                   ======

</TABLE>

     The Company has adopted the  disclosure  only  provisions  of  Statement of
Financial   Accounting   Standards   No.  123,   "Accounting   for   Stock-Based
Compensation"  ("SFAS 123"), but it continues to measure  compensation  cost for
the stock options using the intrinsic value method prescribed by APB Opinion No.
25. As allowable  under SFAS 123, the Company used the "Minimum Value" method to
measure  the  compensation  cost of  stock  options  granted  in 1998  with  the
following assumptions:  risk-free interest rate of 5.45%, a dividend payout rate
of zero, and an expected option life of five years, respectively.  There were no
adjustments    made   in   calculating   the   fair   value   to   account   for
non-transferability.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

     Because  the  Company's   employee   stock  options  have   characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially  affect the fair value estimate,  in
management's  opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable
single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

     If the  Company  had elected to  recognize  compensation  cost based on the
value at the grant  dates with the  method  prescribed  by SFAS 123,  net income
would have been changed to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED
                                                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                          -----------------------------
                                                                               PRO
                                                             REPORTED         FORMA
                                                          -------------   -------------
<S>                                                       <C>             <C>
         Net income ...................................     $ 609,110       $ 579,977
         Basic and diluted earnings per share .........     $     .77       $     .74

</TABLE>

     Effective  January 1, 1996 the Bank, with approval of the OTS,  executed an
employment agreement with the executive in charge of its Mortgage Division.  The
agreement  allowed the  executive the right to receive  preferred  shares if the
bank were to merge with or into another entity or became the subject of a change
in control as defined in the employment  agreement.  In accordance  with APB No.
25, the Bank did not record compensation  expense related to the preferred stock
until it  established a measurement  date. A  measurement  date was  established
effective  September 30, 1997 due to the change in control of the Bank (see Note
2). As a result,  103,284  additional  shares of preferred stock were issued and
compensation  expense of $413,136 was recorded for this  executive  for the year
ended September 30, 1997.


15. EARNINGS PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK

     The Company  reports  earning per share in  accordance  with  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 128, (SFAS 128) "Earnings Per Share".  SFAS
128 requires  two  presentations  of earning per share - "basic" and  "diluted."
Basic  earnings  per share is computed by dividing  income  available  to common
stockholders (the numerator) for the period. The computation of diluted earnings
per share is similar to basic earnings per share, except that the denominator is
increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been
outstanding if the potentially dilutive common shares had been issued.

     The numerator in calculating  both basic and diluted earnings per share for
each period is reported net income.  The  denominator  is based on the following
weighted average number of common shares.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIX MONTHS ENDED           YEAR ENDED
                          MARCH 31,            SEPTEMBER 30,
                    ---------------------   --------------------
                       1999        1998        1998       1997
                    ---------   ---------   ---------   --------
<S>                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Basic ...........   817,264     780,005     787,075     330,000
Diluted .........   819,014     780,005     787,075     330,000
</TABLE>

16. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Bank offers loans to its  officers,  directors,  employees  and related
parties  of  such  persons  for the  financing  of  their  homes,  consumer  and
commercial  loans.  These loans are made in the ordinary course of business and,
in the  opinion of  management,  do not  involve  more than the  normal  risk of
collectibility,  or present other unfavorable  features.  Such loans are made on
the same terms as those


                                      F-25
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

prevailing at the time for comparable  transactions with non-affiliated persons.
The aggregate balance of loans to directors,  officers and other related parties
is $430,275,  $268,559 and $150,000 as of March 31,1999,  September 30, 1998 and
September 30, 1997, respectively.


17. MARKET VALUE DISCLOSURE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS


     The fair value  information  for financial  instruments,  which is provided
below,  is based on the  requirements  of Financial  Accounting  Standard  Board
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 107 and does not represent the
aggregate net fair value of the Bank.


     Much of the  information  used to determine  fair value is  subjective  and
judgmental  in nature;  therefore,  fair value  estimates,  especially  for less
marketable  securities,  may vary.  The amounts  actually  realized or paid upon
settlement or maturity could be significantly different.


     The following  methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
of each class of financial  instrument  for which it is  reasonable  to estimate
that value:


     A. Cash and  interest-bearing  deposits  - Fair  value is  estimated  to be
carrying value.


     B.  Investment  securities  - Fair value is estimated  using quoted  market
prices or market estimates.


     C.  Loans  receivable  - For  residential  mortgage  loans,  fair  value is
estimated  by  discounting  future cash flows using the current rate for similar
loans.


     D.  Deposits - For passbook  savings,  checking and money market  accounts,
fair value is estimated at carrying  value.  For fixed maturity  certificates of
deposit,  fair  value is  estimated  by  discounting  future  cash  flows at the
currently offered rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities.


     E. Advances from the FHLB of Atlanta and Reverse Repurchase agreements Fair
value is estimated by  discounting  future cash flows at the  currently  offered
rates for advances of similar remaining maturities.


     F.  Off-Balance  Sheet  Instruments  - The  fair  value of  commitments  is
determined by  discounting  future cash flows using the current rate for similar
loans. Commitments to extend credit for other types of loans and standby letters
of credit were determined by discounting future cashflows using current rates.


     The carrying  value and estimated  fair value of financial  instruments  is
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              SEPTEMBER 30, 1998          SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                          --------------------------- ---------------------------
                                             CARRYING     ESTIMATED      CARRYING     ESTIMATED
                                              VALUE       FAIR VALUE      VALUE       FAIR VALUE
                                          ------------- ------------- ------------- -------------
<S>                                       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Assets:
 Cash and interest- bearing deposits ....  $   433,218   $   433,218   $   240,035   $   240,035
 Investment securities ..................   51,171,435    51,171,435     1,004,836     1,004,836
 Loans receivable .......................   50,831,410    51,716,537    28,800,901    28,892,603
Liabilities:
 Deposits ...............................   76,310,537    76,612,024    28,377,011    28,391,647
 Borrowings .............................   22,000,000    22,010,000     1,250,000     1,250,000
Off-balance sheet instruments:
 Commitments to extend credit ...........           --       882,000            --       782,000
 Loans in process .......................           --        19,000            --            --

</TABLE>

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

18. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     The Company  operates a 401(k)  Profit  Sharing Plan covering all full-time
employees meeting the minimum age and service requirements. Contributions to the
Profit  Sharing Plan are at the  discretion of the Company.  The Company made no
contributions  for the six months  ended March 31, 1999 and 1998,  and the years
ended September 30, 1998 and 1997.


19. SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         SIX MONTHS ENDED                  YEAR ENDED
                                                             MARCH 31,                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                    ---------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                         1999           1998           1998            1997
                                                    -------------   -----------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
Cash paid during period for interest on deposits
 and borrowings .................................    $1,146,444      $249,898      $2,429,000      $1,306,800
Transfer of loans for foreclosed assets .........    $       --      $     --      $   89,000      $  451,000
</TABLE>

     Following is a reconciliation  of goodwill recorded in conjunction with the
acquisition discussed in Note 2:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED
                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30, 1998
                                                                 -------------------
<S>                                                              <C>
         ACQUISITION
         Total cash paid for acquisition .....................       $2,367,000
         Fair market value of assets acquired ................        1,667,000
                                                                     ----------
         Goodwill, October 1, 1997 ...........................          700,000
         Amortization ........................................          (19,000)
         Other ...............................................          (19,000)
         Reduction from recording deferred tax asset .........         (662,000)
                                                                     ----------
         Goodwill, September 30, 1998 ........................       $       --
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>

20. RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In June 1997, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 131, Disclosure about Segments of a Business
Enterprise ("SFAS 131"). SFAS 131 establishes  standards for the way that public
enterprises  report  information  about operating  segments in interim financial
statements issued to the public.  It also establishes  standards for disclosures
regarding products and services,  geographic areas and major customers. SFAS 131
defines  operating  segments as components of an enterprise about which separate
financial  information is available and that is evaluated regularly by the chief
operating  decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing
performance.  The Company  will be required to adopt SFAS 131 by  September  30,
1999 and expects to disclose two operating  segments  which include the Bank and
the mortgage operations.

     In June 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative  Instruments"
("SFAS  133").  SFAS 133  establishes  accounting  and  reporting  standards for
derivative  instruments  and for hedging  activities.  SFAS 133 requires that an
entity  recognize all  derivatives as either assets or  liabilities  and measure
those instruments at fair market value. Under certain  circumstances,  a portion
of the derivative's  gain or loss is initially  reported as a component of other
comprehensive  income  and  subsequently   reclassified  into  income  when  the
transaction affects earnings. For a derivative not designated as a


                                      F-27
<PAGE>

         GREATER ATLANTIC FINANCIAL CORP. AND PREDECESSOR CORPORATION

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

                      (INFORMATION AS OF MARCH 31, 1999 AND
                  FOR THE SIX MONTHS THEN ENDED IS UNAUDITED.)

hedging  instrument,  the gain or loss is  recognized in income in the period of
change.  The  Company  will be  required  to adopt  SFAS 133 by October 1, 2000.
Presently,  the Company does not use  derivative  instruments  either in hedging
activities or as investments. Accordingly, the Company believes that adoption of
SFAS 133 will have no material  impact on its  financial  position or results of
operation.

     In October 1998, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 134,  "Accounting  for Mortgage  Backed
Securities  Retained After the Securitization of Mortgage Loans Held For Sale By
A Mortgage Banking Enterprise" ("SFAS 134"). SFAS 134 establishes accounting and
reporting  standards for certain activities of mortgage banking  enterprises and
other enterprises that conduct operations that are substantially  similar to the
primary  operations of a mortgage banking  enterprise.  This statement  requires
that after the securitization of mortgage loans held for sale, an entity engaged
in mortgage banking activities classify the resulting mortgage-backed securities
or other  retained  interests  based on its  ability  and intent to sell or hold
those  investments.  The  Company  will be required to adopt SFAS 134 during the
quarter  ended  December  31,1999.  Presently,  the Company's  mortgage  banking
company  does not  securitize  mortgage  loans held for sale.  Accordingly,  the
Company  believes that adoption of SFAS 134 will have no material  impact on its
financial position or results of operations.


21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

     Effective  January 28, 1999, the Company's  Board of Directors  amended its
articles of incorporation to increase the number of authorized  shares of common
and preferred  stock from 5,000,000 and 1,000,000,  respectively,  to 10,000,000
and 2,500,000, respectively.

     Effective April 12, 1999, the Company's  Board of Directors  authorized and
the  stockholders  approved a two for three reverse stock split for stockholders
of  record  on April 8,  1999.  All  references  in the  consolidated  financial
statements to the number of authorized  shares,  the weighted  average number of
shares,  and the  calculation of basic and diluted  earnings per share have been
adjusted to reflect the split.


                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                             ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

     You  should  rely only on the  information  contained  in this  prospectus.
Neither Greater Atlantic  Financial Corp. nor the bank has authorized  anyone to
provide you with different  information.  This prospectus does not constitute an
offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered
by this  prospectus  to any person or in any  jurisdiction  in which an offer or
solicitation  is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful
to make an offer or solicitation in those jurisdictions. Neither the delivery of
this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances  imply that
there has been no change in the affairs of Greater  Atlantic  Financial Corp. or
the bank since any of the dates as of which  information  is  furnished  in this
prospectus or since the date of this prospectus.


                   CAUTION ABOUT FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

     We make forward  looking  statements in this prospectus that are subject to
risks and  uncertainties.  These forward looking  statements  include statements
regarding  profitability,  liquidity,  allowance for loan losses,  interest rate
sensitivity,  market risk, year 2000 compliance,  and financial and other goals.
The  words  "believes,"   "expects,"   "may,"  "will,"   "should,"   "projects,"
"contemplates,"  "anticipates," "forecasts," "intends" or other similar words or
terms are intended to identify forward looking statements.

     These forward looking  statements are subject to significant  uncertainties
because they are based upon or are affected by factors including:

     o Continued levels of loan quality and origination volume

     o Interest rate fluctuations and other economic conditions

     o Competition in product offerings and product pricing

     o Implementation of year 2000 technology  changes by us and our vendors and
       suppliers

     o Continued relationships with major customers

     o Future laws and regulations

     o Management of the company and the bank

     o Other factors,  including  those matters  discussed in the "Risk Factors"
       section  and the  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
       Condition and Results of Operations" section of this prospectus

     Because of these uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially
different from the results  indicated by these forward  looking  statements.  In
addition,  our past results of operations do not necessarily indicate our future
results.
 <PAGE>
================================================================================







                               2,000,000 SHARES



                                 [LOGO OMITTED]

                               GREATER ATLANTIC
                                FINANCIAL CORP.




                                  COMMON STOCK




                               ------------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                               ------------------





                             LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER
                                  INCORPORATED




                                  JUNE 24, 1999



================================================================================


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission